英语语法(台北)-上-完成
本文最后更新于10 天前,若有内容错误,微信:155-1091-9999
第1章 三个重要的句型

第1章 三个重要的句型

1-1 三个重要的句型

英语有三个很重要的句型,一个是含有Be动词(am, are, is, was, were)的句型;另外一个是含有助动词(will, would, shall, should; can, could, may, might; must; have, has, had; ought to)的句型;最后一个是只含有上述Be动词与助动词以外的动词(例如work, works, worked; study, studies, studied, go, goes, went)的句型。如果用Be来代表Be动词,用AV来代表助动词,用V来代表一般动词的话,这三个句型可以用下面的公式表示出来。

句型1:含有Be动词的句型

\( Subj + Be + \cdots \)

例句:

  • John is a nice boy.
  • You are very kind.
  • I am studying English right now.

句型2:含有助动词的句型

\( Subj + AV + V + \cdots \)

例句:

  • John will leave tomorrow.
  • They can speak French very well.
  • I should have finished my work yesterday.

句型3:只含有一般动词的句型

\( Subj + V + \cdots \)

例句:

  • John works very hard.
  • We went to the zoo last week.
  • She told us a story about China.

这三种句型的区别非常重要,英语里有很多句式的变化都要看这三种句型而定。

习题1:用Be, AV, V注出三个不同的句型
示例:

My cousin is a fool. (Be)

I gave him some books. (V)

Nobody has seen him before. (AV V)

  1. There are seven days in a week.
  2. The sun shines every day.
  3. We all must work hard.
  4. It is raining outside.
  5. I always carry a handkerchief.
  6. Spring is the first season of the year.
  7. We will bring some fruit and a lunch basket.
  8. She came home before her stepmother and sister.
  9. She was the happiest woman in the world.
  10. We can do a lot of things with money.

1-2 否定句

英语的否定句是在肯定句里加not而成的。

(1)含有Be动词的句型

在Be动词后面加not。

\( Subj + Be + \cdots \Rightarrow Subj + Be + not + \cdots \)

例句:

  • He is busy. → He is not busy.
  • They were at home. → They were not at home.
  • We are watching TV. → We are not watching TV.

(2)含有助动词的句型

在助动词后面加not。

\( Subj + AV + V + \cdots \Rightarrow Subj + AV + not + V + \cdots \)

例句:

  • I will do it. → I will not do it.
  • You must smoke. → You must not smoke.
  • He should go. → He should not go.
  • We have seen him before. → We have not seen him before.

如果同一个句子里有两个以上的助动词,就在第一个助动词后面加not。

  • I will be studying at nine o’clock tomorrow. → I will not be studying at nine o’clock tomorrow.
  • He may have seen you. → He may not have seen you.

(3)不含有Be动词或助动词的句型

在动词前面加Do动词(do, does, did),然后在Do动词后面加not。

\( Subj + V + \cdots \Rightarrow Subj + Do + not + V + \cdots \)

例句:

  • They go to school. → They do not go to school.
  • He goes to school. → He does not go to school.
  • She went to school. → She did not go to school.

Do与does用于现在式(does只用在第三身单数主语后面),did用在过去式。在口语英语里,常见下面的简写式:

完整形式 缩写形式
is not isn’t
are not aren’t
do not don’t
did not didn’t
has not hasn’t
will not won’t
can not / cannot can’t
could not couldn’t
must not mustn’t
shall not shan’t
should not shouldn’t
may not mayn’t
need not needn’t
was not wasn’t
were not weren’t
does not doesn’t
have not haven’t
had not hadn’t
would not wouldn’t
might not mightn’t
dare not daren’t
参考:在美式英语中,一般动词的have(表示”有”的have非助动词的have)常用do来否定;但也有人(尤其是英国人)不用do,而把not直接放在have后面。例如:
I have not (haven’t) an English book.
They have not (haven’t) many friends here.
Mary has not (hasn’t) a bicycle.
习题2:把下面的句子变成否定句
  1. She could understand everything.
  2. They had time to tell her.
  3. We’re coming tomorrow morning.
  4. He comes here every morning.
  5. There were many people at the concert.
  6. Our teacher wants the homework now.
  7. You must look out of the window.
  8. We could see as far as the mountains.
  9. She came with him.
  10. He’ll come if he can.

1-3 问句

英语有两种主要的问句:yes/no问句与wh-问句。”yes/no问句”(yes/no question)又叫做”是非问句”或”一般问句”,是可以用yes或no来回答的问句。例如有人问我们:”Is he a student?”,我们就可以回答说”Yes”或”No”。”wh-问句”(wh-question),又叫做”特定问句”,是含有”wh-词”(wh-word)或”疑问词”(question word)(如who, whom, whose, which, what, when, where, why, how)的问句,不能用yes或no来回答。例如”Who is he?”就是一个wh-问句。

1-4 yes/no问句

英语的yes/no问句是改变叙述句的词序而成的。

(1)含有Be动词的句型

把Be动词调到句首。

\( Subj + Be + \cdots \Rightarrow Be + Subj + \cdots ? \)

例句:

  • He is busy. → Is he busy?
  • They were at home. → Were they at home?
  • You are studying. → Are you studying?
  • The house was burnt. → Was the house burnt?

(2)含有助动词的句型

把助动词调到句首。

\( Subj + AV + V + \cdots \Rightarrow AV + Subj + V + \cdots ? \)

例句:

  • You must smoke. → Must you smoke?
  • He should go. → Should he go?
  • We have seen him before. → Have we seen him before?

如果同一个句子里有两个以上的助动词,就把第一个助动词调到句首。

  • He will be studying at nine o’clock tomorrow. → Will he be studying at nine o’clock tomorrow?
  • He could have seen you. → Could he have seen you?

(3)不含有Be动词或助动词的句型

在句首加Do动词(do, does, did)。这个时候原来的动词都要变成动词原形。

\( Subj + V + \cdots \Rightarrow Do + Subj + V + \cdots ? \)

例句:

  • They go to school. → Do they go to school?
  • He goes to school. → Does he go to school?
  • She went to school. → Did she go to school?
参考一:在口语英语中,主语与动词常用下面的简式连起来。
完整形式 缩写形式
I am I’m
you are you’re
she will she’ll
I have I’ve
you have you’ve
they are they’re
I will I’ll
you will you’ll
they have they’ve
we are we’re
he is / he has he’s
they will they’ll
we have we’ve
he will he’ll
I, etc. had I’d, etc.
we will we’ll
she is / she has she’s
I, etc. would I’d, etc.
参考二:在美式英语里,一般动词的have(表示”有”的have)常用Do动词来做问句。但也有人(特别是在英国英语里)把have调到句首来做问句:
Have you an English book?
Has he any relatives here?
习题3:把下面的句子改成问句
  1. Winter is colder than summer.
  2. He’s opened the window on your right.
  3. Peter was born and brought up in China.
  4. You’ve studied English for two years.
  5. Shoes are made in pairs.
  6. Many old customs have died out in China.
  7. It took you a month to get rid of the cold.
  8. His mother asked you to send for a doctor.
  9. They have to finish their work by tomorrow.
  10. I should have prepared my lesson last night.

1-5 长答句与短答句

回答英语的问句,可以用长句(完整的句子)来回答,也可以用短句(只用主语与助动词)来回答。短答句在口语英语里特别常见。

yes/no问句 长答句 短答句
Should he go? Yes, he should go. / No, he shouldn’t go. Yes, he should. / No, he shouldn’t.
Did she go to school? Yes, she went to school. / No, she didn’t go to school. Yes, she did. / No, she didn’t.
习题4:用长答句与短答句回答下列问句
  1. Can you speak English?
  2. Are you enjoying yourself?
  3. Have you met my sister Alice?
  4. Would you like another cup of tea?
  5. Must I be there in time?
  6. Did you meet him yesterday?
  7. Does he play chess?
  8. May I go out?
  9. Were you at the theater last night?
  10. Should we do our assignments now?
习题5:把适当的Be动词、Do动词或其他助动词填入下面的句子里
示例:

I’m from China. Are you?

He comes from China. I do, too.

  1. My sister is getting married soon. ____ yours?
  2. Jack is looking for another job. I ____, too.
  3. I like to make speeches. My roommate ____, too.
  4. I can speak French very well. ____ you?
  5. Your English is improving. ____ mine?
  6. Bob gets two tickets to the graduation. ____ I get any?
  7. You should go with him. ____ I?
  8. I want to insure my house. Mr. King ____, too.
  9. This calendar is out of date. ____ that one, too?
  10. I polish my shoes every night. ____ you?
参考:Be动词、助动词、Do动词常可以用来代替主语以外的整个述语。例如:
I am tired. Are you?
I always got there on time. Everyone did.
Bob should take an examination tomorrow. I should, too.

1-6 否定问句

英语的否定问句是把not加于肯定问句而成的。

肯定问句结构 否定问句结构(简写式)
Be + Subj + …? Be n’t + Subj + …?
AV + Subj + V…? AV n’t + Subj + V…?
Do + Subj + V…? Do n’t + Subj + V…?

例句:

  • Is he busy? → Isn’t he busy?
  • Will he do it? → Won’t he do it?
  • Does he go to school? → Doesn’t he go to school?

在比较正式的英语里,not可以加在主语后面。

肯定问句结构 否定问句结构(正式式)
Be + Subj + …? Be + Subj + not + …?
AV + Subj + V…? AV + Subj + not + V…?
Do + Subj + V…? Do + Subj + not + V…?

例句:

  • Is he not busy?
  • Will he not do it?
  • Does he not go to school?

否定问句并不一定表示否定,而常预期对方表示同意,尤其是用升调说出来的时候。

A: Didn’t Mary pass the examination? (= I think she did.)

B: Yes, she did.

A: I knew I was right.

参考:否定问句的答句可能是肯定式,也可能是否定式。例如:
Isn’t she pretty?
Yes, she is. / You may think so, but I don’t.
Haven’t you cleaned your room yet?
Of course, I have; I cleaned it yesterday. / No, I’ve been too busy studying.
习题6:把下面的问句改成否定问句再回答
  1. Did you tell her to leave right away?
  2. Is the elevator out of order?
  3. Are there three windows in the room?
  4. Has Mr. Smith put off his trip until next week?
  5. Does the class begin at 8:30 sharp?
  6. Must you write your exercises in pencil?
  7. Will Mary be in class tomorrow?
  8. Are they going to the movies tonight?
  9. Is he going to have the radio repaired?
  10. Did he tell you not to come here any more?

1-7 追问句

我们说完一句话以后,常在后头加上一个简短的问句,去问对方是不是同意我们的意思。这种问句就叫做”追问句”(tag question)。

例句:

  • He is an American, isn’t he?
  • She can’t speak English, can she?

(1)前面的句子是肯定式

后面的追问句要用否定式,追问句里的名词都要改成代名词(PN)。

肯定句结构 追问句结构
Subj + Be + … Subj + Be + …, Be n’t + PN?
Subj + AV + V + … Subj + AV + V + …, AV n’t + PN?
Subj + V + … Subj + V + …, Do n’t + PN?

例句:

  • He is in your class. → He is in your class, isn’t he?
  • Jane will do it. → Jane will do it, won’t she?
  • Bob left for New York. → Bob left for New York, didn’t he?

(2)前面的句子是否定式

后面的追问句要用肯定式,追问句里的名词还是要改成代名词。

否定句结构 追问句结构
Subj + Be n’t + … Subj + Be n’t + …, Be + PN?
Subj + AV n’t + V + … Subj + AV n’t + V + …, AV + PN?
Subj + Do n’t + V + … Subj + Do n’t + V + …, Do + PN?

例句:

  • He isn’t in your class. → He isn’t in your class, is he?
  • Jane won’t do it. → Jane won’t do it, will she?
  • Bob didn’t leave for New York. → Bob didn’t leave for New York, did he?

追问句可以用两种不同的音调说出来:

  • He’s an American, isn’t he?(降调,表示对于所说的话相当有把握。)
  • He’s an American, isn’t he?(升调,表示对于所说的话没有多大把握。)
参考一:I am的追问句在比较正式的英语里用am I not,但在口语里也常用aren’t I。
I’m going to the store now, aren’t I (am I not)?
参考二:命令句后面如果加上含有will或shall的追问句,就可以变成比较客气的请求。
Stop that noise, will you?
Don’t go away, will you?
Let’s go for a walk, shall we?
Let’s not argue again, shall we?
习题7:在下面的句子后面加一个追问句
  1. Mr. Brown is an American.
  2. They are late.
  3. We weren’t hungry.
  4. Bob can explain.
  5. You have your lunch at one o’clock.
  6. You don’t have to go just yet.
  7. This winter hasn’t been cold.
  8. You shouldn’t smoke.
  9. Jane speaks English well.
  10. I didn’t hurt you.

1-8 强意肯定句

当我们想强调某一句话的真实性的时候,常把句子里的Be动词或助动词说得重些,例如:

  • He is busy.
  • I will do it.

在这两句里is与will的音说得最重。如果句子里没有Be动词或助动词,那么就要加上Do动词(do, does, did),然后再把这个Do动词说得重些。例如:

  • I do know him.
  • You did see her yesterday.

这种把Be动词、助动词、Do动词重读的句子就叫做强意肯定句(emphatic statement)。

原句结构 强意肯定句结构
Subj + Be + … Subj + Be + …
Subj + AV + V + … Subj + AV + V + …
Subj + V + … Subj + Do + V + …

例句:

  • He is busy. → He is busy. (Why do you think he isn’t busy?)
  • I will do it. → I will do it. (Why do you think I won’t do it?)
  • I know him. → I do know him. (Why do you think I don’t know him?)
习题8:把下面斜体部分的动词改成强意肯定式
  1. I mailed the letter. I swear it.
  2. She lives in Taipei. I’m sure of it.
  3. Dick took the book. He told me so.
  4. He wrote that letter. I am positive of it.
  5. You’re mistaken. I want to learn English.
  6. John didn’t visit me but he called me on the phone.
  7. I didn’t do it today but I did it yesterday.
  8. Maps were then very poor but they showed that the earth was round.
  9. Jim doesn’t study hard but he attends class regularly.
  10. I didn’t go away on my vacation but I had a good rest.

1-9 连句

当相连两个句子的句型一样的时候,我们常把这两个句子用and或but连起来,并且把第二个句子重复的语词省掉,这种句子就叫做连句(connected statement),例如:

  • I want to go to the game, and they do too.
  • I don’t want to go to the game, and they don’t either.
  • I want to go to the game, but they don’t.
  • I don’t want to go to the game, but they do.

第一个连句是由两个肯定句相连而成,第二个连句是由两个否定句相连而成;最后两个连句是由一个肯定句和一个否定句相连而成。

1-10 肯定句的连句

肯定句的连句有两种:

(1)用and…too连起来

第一个肯定句结构 连句结构
Subj 1 + Be + … Subj 1 + Be + …, and Subj 2 + Be + too.
Subj 1 + AV + V + … Subj 1 + AV + V + …, and Subj 2 + AV + too.
Subj 1 + V + … Subj 1 + V + …, and Subj 2 + Do + too.

例句:

  • Mary is a student, and Jane is too.
  • Susan has been to Japan, and I have too.
  • Jack can play tennis, and you can too.
  • They left early, and we did too.

(2)用and so…连起来

第一个肯定句结构 连句结构
Subj 1 + Be + … Subj 1 + Be + …, and so + Be + Subj 2.
Subj 1 + AV + V + … Subj 1 + AV + V + …, and so + AV + Subj 2.
Subj 1 + V + … Subj 1 + V + …, and so + Do + Subj 2.

例句:

  • Mary is a student, and so is Jane.
  • Susan has been to Japan, and so have I.
  • Jack can play tennis, and so can you.
  • They left early, and so did we.

注意:第二个公式与例句里的Be动词、助动词、Do动词要调到主语前面去。

习题9:把下面每一对句子用and…too和and so…连起来
示例:

John is good. / Tom is good.

John is good, and Tom is too.

John is good, and so is Tom.

  1. The teacher has read the book. / His students have read the book.
  2. He has gone home. / She has gone home.
  3. The boy seems happy. / The girl seems happy.
  4. Tom voted Bill chairman. / They would go with him.
  5. He has been lazy lately.

1-11 否定句的连句

否定句的连句也有两种:

(1)用and…either连起来

第一个否定句结构 连句结构
Subj 1 + Be n’t + … Subj 1 + Be n’t + …, and Subj 2 + Be n’t either.
Subj 1 + AV n’t + V + … Subj 1 + AV n’t + V + …, and Subj 2 + AV n’t either.
Subj 1 + Do n’t + V + … Subj 1 + Do n’t + V + …, and Subj 2 + Do n’t either.

例句:

  • I am not a teacher, and you aren’t either.
  • He can’t play tennis, and I can’t either.
  • Mary doesn’t like coffee, and you don’t either.

(2)用and neither…连起来

第一个否定句结构 连句结构
Subj 1 + Be n’t + … Subj 1 + Be n’t + …, and neither + Be + Subj 2.
Subj 1 + AV n’t + V + … Subj 1 + AV n’t + V + …, and neither + AV + Subj 2.
Subj 1 + Do n’t + V + … Subj 1 + Do n’t + V + …, and neither + Do + Subj 2.

例句:

  • I am not a teacher, and neither are you.
  • He can’t play tennis, and neither can I.
  • Mary doesn’t like coffee, and neither do you.

注意:第二个公式与例句里的Be动词、助动词、Do动词要调到主语前面来。

习题10:把下面每一对句子用and…either和and neither…连起来
示例:

The necklace wasn’t expensive. / The bracelet wasn’t expensive.

The necklace wasn’t expensive, and the bracelet wasn’t either.

The necklace wasn’t expensive, and neither was the bracelet.

  1. This place won’t cash checks. / That place won’t cash checks.
  2. Peter isn’t studying architecture. / John isn’t studying architecture.
  3. The Smiths won’t be at the reception. / The Joneses won’t be at the reception.

1-12 肯定句与否定句的连句

肯定句与否定句的连句要用but连起来:

(1)第一个句子是肯定句,第二个句子是否定句

第一个肯定句结构 连句结构
Subj 1 + Be + … Subj 1 + Be + …, but Subj 2 + Be n’t.
Subj 1 + AV + V + … Subj 1 + AV + V + …, but Subj 2 + AV n’t.
Subj 1 + V + … Subj 1 + V + …, but Subj 2 + Do n’t.

例句:

  • I am a teacher, but you aren’t.
  • He can play tennis, but I can’t.
  • Mary likes coffee, but you don’t.

(2)第一个句子是否定句,第二个句子是肯定句

第一个否定句结构 连句结构
Subj 1 + Be n’t + … Subj 1 + Be n’t + …, but Subj 2 + Be.
Subj 1 + AV n’t + V + … Subj 1 + AV n’t + V + …, but Subj 2 + AV.
Subj 1 + Do n’t + V + … Subj 1 + Do n’t + V + …, but Subj 2 + Do.

例句:

  • I am not a teacher, but you are.
  • He can’t play tennis, but I can.
  • Mary doesn’t like coffee, but you do.
习题11:把下面每一对句子连起来
示例:

This problem is difficult. / That problem isn’t difficult.

This problem is difficult, but that problem isn’t.

  1. I have never met Mrs. March. / Ben and Dick have met Mrs. March.
  2. This pen is broken. / That pen isn’t broken.
  3. Ann smokes. / Margaret doesn’t smoke.
  4. Today’s cloudy. / Yesterday wasn’t cloudy.
习题12:依照例句改写下面的句子,把斜体部分的语词放在句子前面
示例:

There is such delicious fruit nowhere else in the world.

Nowhere else in the world is there such delicious fruit.

I have never seen more beautiful flowers.

Never have I seen more beautiful flowers.

One seldom finds such a sincere interest in the arts.

Seldom does one find such a sincere interest in the arts.

  1. I have never appreciated my friends and family so much.
  2. We have rarely had such a great honor.
  3. This town has seldom entertained such a famous guest.
  4. Students rarely study as hard as they should.
  5. The weather is very hot here only in August.
  6. Such a thing could happen only in a big city like New York.
  7. We rarely see such beautiful dancing in our small town.
  8. People are interested in this problem in no other part of the world.
  9. We had no sooner arrived than all the lights went out.
  10. Miss Helen not only dances well; she also sings beautifully.
参考:在比较正式的英语里,常常把含有否定意味的语词(如not, never, seldom, rarely, little, not only, only等)放在句首,这个时候句子的主语与动词的位置必须调换:
I was never so surprised. → Never was I so surprised.
I have never been there. → Never have I been there.
I never saw him before. → Never did I see him before.
注意:这种倒序与问句的倒序完全一样。

第2章 十个基本句型

第2章 十个基本句型

核心知识点总览

英语句子的核心结构由「主语」和「述语」构成,十个基本句型基于述语的不同结构划分,核心区别在于动词类型(Be动词、不及物动词、及物动词等)和后续补足成分(主语补语、宾语、宾语补语等)。掌握这十个句型是构建正确英语句子的基础,可覆盖所有英语表达场景。

2-1 主语与述语

知识点讲解

所有英语句子在结构上均可分为两部分:

  • 主语:表示句子描述的「谁」或「什么」,是句子的核心话题;
  • 述语:表示主语的「是什么」「做什么」或「怎么样」,由动词为核心构成。

书写规则:句子首字母大写,句末加标点(句号、问号、感叹号)。

主语 述语
Jack is ill.
They are my friends.
The little boy likes to collect stamps.
A tall lady in a blue dress gave me this book yesterday.
His brother who lives in Taipei has written to his family that he is coming home next week.
习题13:把下列句子的主语与述语分开
示例:

This is my pen. → 主语:This;述语:is my pen.

Where did the little boy put his book? → 主语:the little boy;述语:did put his book where.

  1. This is a book.
  2. Isn’t that dress beautiful?
  3. The three men walked for five miles.
  4. How beautiful the moon is tonight!
  5. We all breathe, eat and drink.
  6. Bob, Jack and Dick went downtown with me yesterday.
  7. That John eats cabbage means that he likes cabbage.
  8. It is important for us to practice English every day.
  9. Who do you think won the election?
  10. Never have I seen this man before.

2-2 主语的形式

知识点讲解

英语中可作主语的成分丰富,核心是具有「名词性功能」的词、短语或子句,常见类型如下:

  1. 名词(Nouns):直接表示人、物、概念(如Fortune, student);
  2. 代名词(Pronouns):代替名词(如We, he, they);
  3. the + 形容词:表示一类人或事物(如The rich 富人,The poor 穷人);
  4. 动词衍生形式:动名词(V-ing)或不定式(to + V)(如Swimming, To see);
  5. 短语:介词短语、不定式短语等(如Over the fence, How to get there);
  6. 子句:完整的小句(如Whatever I do, That he came late)。

例句:

  • NOUNS: Fortune began to smile on her.
  • PRONOUNS: We enjoyed talking to her.
  • ADJECTIVES: The rich are not always happy.
  • VERBS: Swimming is a good exercise. / To see is to believe.
  • PHRASES: Over the fence is out of bounds. / How to get there puzzled all of us.
  • CLAUSES: Whatever I do is always wrong.
习题14:把A栏的主语与B栏的述语连成一个句子
A(主语) B(述语)
0. The story of the Sphinx (0) is to stay in bed.
1. I (1) need to be fed.
2. Dinner (2) is better than in the woods.
3. Modern China (3) is not decided yet.
4. Shooting (4) keeps up with modern science and ideas.
5. The hungry (5) came from Egypt.
6. On the beach (6) can get up by Wednesday, can’t I?
7. The main trouble (7) is almost ready.
8. To be a great scientist (8) is that they don’t follow the traffic regulations.
9. Whether he is coming (9) is my ambition.
10. The best way to get rid of cold (10) is against the law.

2-3 述语的形式

知识点讲解

述语是句子的核心动作部分,结构由「动词 + 补足成分」构成。不同动词要求不同的补足成分,形成不同的「句型」。常见述语结构示例:

  • Be动词 + 名词:John is a fool.
  • Be动词 + 形容词:John is foolish.
  • Be动词 + 地点副词:John is here.
  • 实义动词(不及物):John smiled.
  • 实义动词(及物) + 宾语:John speaks English.
  • 实义动词(双宾语) + 间接宾语 + 直接宾语:John gave me a book.

2-4 第一个基本句型:主语 + Be动词 + 名词组(NP)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + Be + NP \)

  • 核心动词:Be动词(现在式:am, are, is;过去式:was, were);
  • 补足成分:名词组(NP),作「主语补语」,说明主语的身份、类别;
  • 翻译要点:Be动词可译为「是」。

NP(名词组):可指单独名词(John)、代名词(they)或带修饰语的名词(the girl in a red dress)。

主语 述语
John is a fool.
They are my good friends.
The dinner was a feast.
The girl in a red dress is Mary.
习题15:填入适当的语词使下面的句子成为属于第一个基本句型的句子
  1. I am a ______.
  2. They were his ______.
  3. A dog is a ______.
  4. The student in the next room is my ______.
  5. John is an ______.
  6. You are ______, aren’t you?
  7. Jane is a very ______.
  8. John and Jane are ______ from England.
  9. They used to ______ good friends.
  10. The ______ will be a great success.

2-5 第二个基本句型:主语 + Be动词 + 形容词(Adj)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + Be + Adj \)

  • 核心动词:Be动词;
  • 补足成分:形容词(Adj),作「主语补语」,说明主语的性质、状态;
  • 翻译要点:Be动词可译为「很」或不译,突出形容词含义。

形容词变化:多数形容词可加-er(比较级)、-est(最高级)或用more/most修饰(如strong → stronger → strongest;beautiful → more beautiful → most beautiful)。

例句:

  • John is strong.
  • They are very kind.
  • The flowers have been beautiful.
习题16:填入适当的语词,使下面的句子成为属于第二个基本句型的句子
  1. I am very ______.
  2. They were ______ than you.
  3. It is quite ______ today.
  4. The dinner was ______.
  5. This book is more ______ than that one.
  6. He used to be very ______.
  7. I have been ______ for the past three days.
  8. Jane is too ______ to walk.
  9. The party last night ______ very successful.
  10. You should ______ more careful from now on.

2-6 第三个基本句型:主语 + Be动词 + 场所副词(Adv-p)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + Be + Adv-p \)

  • 核心动词:Be动词;
  • 补足成分:场所副词(Adv-p),说明主语的位置;
  • 翻译要点:Be动词可译为「在」。

场所副词类型:

  • 单独副词:here, there, inside, outside, upstairs, downstairs;
  • 副词短语:over there, three miles away, in the house, behind the desk。

特殊规则:当主语是「无定名词」(不特指某事物)时,句型变为「There + Be + NP + Adv-p」(存在句),表示「某处有某物」。

普通句型(有定主语) 存在句句型(无定主语)
A book is here. There is a book here.
Three boys are outside. There are three boys outside.
Some money has been in the purse. There has been some money in the purse.
习题17:填入适当的语词,使下面的句子成为属于第三个基本句型的句子
  1. The books are ______.
  2. Your friends are ______.
  3. His house is across ______.
  4. She is at ______.
  5. He is out of ______.
  6. Spain is ______.
  7. Bob is over ______.
  8. The bathroom is ______.
  9. The bedrooms are ______.
  10. The nearest town is ______ away from here.
习题18:把下面的句子改为由there带头的句子
示例:

Two dogs are in the garden. → There are two dogs in the garden.

  1. A car is outside.
  2. Only a footpath was here last year.
  3. A sign is over the door.
  4. A gas station is three miles away.
  5. Some letters for you are on the table.
  6. No one was in the room.
  7. A lot of people were in the park yesterday.
  8. An old friend of yours was at the concert last night.
  9. A check will be in the mail next month.
  10. Several students might have been in the library.
习题19:按照例句把下面的语词扩充为句子
示例:

an accident → There’s an accident.

the accident → There’s the accident.

  1. a letter for you
  2. the letter for you
  3. a good movie
  4. the good movie
  5. a new teacher
  6. the new teacher
  7. some questions
  8. the questions
  9. the dictionary
  10. your friends
参考:与有定主语一起出现的there或here是副词,要念重音。含有这样的there或here的句子不能变成否定句或问句。
比较:
There’s / Here’s the accident.(√) → There / Here isn’t the accident.(×) → Is there / here the accident?(×)
There’s an accident.(√) → There isn’t an accident.(√) → Is there an accident?(√)

2-7 第四个基本句型:主语 + become类动词 + 名词组/形容词

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + V-b + NP/Adj \)

  • 核心动词:become类动词(V-b),表示「成为、保持、继续」等状态变化;
  • 补足成分:名词组(NP)或形容词,作「主语补语」,说明主语的状态变化或持续状态。

动词分类:

  • 美式英语:仅4个(become 成为、remain 保持、stay 维持、continue 继续);
  • 英式英语:除上述4个外,还包括seem, appear, look, turn等。

例句:

  • John became president. / John became famous.
  • My uncle remains a bachelor. / My uncle remains single.
  • (英式)The captain seemed a nice fellow. / The captain seemed very nice.
习题20:用括号里的字来代替原来句子里的Be动词
示例:

John was a soldier. (become) → John became a soldier.

  1. The weather was still cold. (continue)
  2. She is faithful to him for the rest of her life. (stay)
  3. Mr. Green is the richest man in town. (become)
  4. Mr. Higgins is a very nice man. (seem)
  5. They have been good friends for years. (stay)
  6. He was silent and said nothing. (remain)
  7. Dick is my best friend, despite our differences. (continue)
  8. She was a widow until death. (remain)
  9. He was afraid and said nothing. (become)
  10. She will be a fine woman when she grows up. (become)

2-8 第五个基本句型:主语 + seem类动词 + 形容词

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + V-s + Adj \)

  • 核心动词:seem类动词(V-s),表示「看起来、听起来、感觉起来」等感官或表象;
  • 补足成分:仅形容词,作「主语补语」,说明主语给人的感官印象或表象。

常见seem类动词:seem(似乎)、look(看起来)、appear(显得)、grow(变得)、get(变得)、keep(保持)、smell(闻起来)、taste(尝起来)、sound(听起来)、feel(感觉起来)。

例句:

  • John seems friendly.
  • They grew sleepy.
  • The milk tasted sour. / The flowers smell sweet. / The story sounds interesting.
习题21:从下面的动词里选出一个字,改为适当的形式以后再填入空白里:look, turn, get, keep, smell, taste, sound, feel
示例:

His face turned pale at the news.

  1. A rose ______ sweet.
  2. Good medicine ______ bitter to the mouth.
  3. How sweet the music ______!
  4. Doesn’t the milk ______ sour to you?
  5. Ice ______ cold.
  6. His statement ______ true.
  7. He ______ disappointed when I told him the news.
  8. I wish those children would ______ quiet.
  9. The days are ______ warmer and warmer.
  10. The leaves are beginning to ______ red.
习题22:依照例句改写下面的句子
示例:

Is the child happy? (sad) → No, he isn’t. He’s sad.

Did the lesson seem easy? (hard) → No, it didn’t. It seemed hard.

  1. Is the soup hot? (cold)
  2. Did Mrs. King get fat? (thin)
  3. Was the room dark? (light)
  4. Does the floor look clean? (dirty)
  5. Did the students become quiet? (noisy)
  6. Was the typewriter heavy? (light)
  7. Did you feel well? (sick)
  8. Were the streets wet? (dry)
  9. Does your friend seem worried? (confident)
  10. Do these flowers smell good? (awful)

2-9 第六个基本句型:主语 + 不及物动词(VI)+ 状态副词(可选)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + VI + (Adv-m) \)

  • 核心动词:不及物动词(VI),即后面不能直接接宾语的动词,动作仅由主语发出;
  • 修饰成分:可选的状态副词(Adv-m),说明动作的方式、状态(如happily, slowly),多数由形容词加-ly构成(careful → carefully)。

特殊副词:部分副词(up, down, on, off, in, out等)可与不及物动词搭配,称为「助词」(particles)或「介副词」,如show up(出现)、run off(跑开)、walk away(走开)。

例句:

  • John is smiling (happily). / They walked (slowly).
  • They didn’t show up. / The dog ran off. / John walked away quickly.
习题23:把Be动词用括号里的动词来代替,并且把形容词改成副词
示例:

The soldier is brave. (fight) → The soldier fights bravely.

  1. The students were careful. (listen)
  2. Mary is gentle. (speak)
  3. Bob is honest. (work)
  4. Jack was slow. (walk)
  5. They were patient. (wait)
  6. She was nervous. (talk)
  7. He was quick. (answer)
  8. You are diligent. (study)
  9. Miss Taylor is beautiful. (dress)
  10. They are loud. (speak)
习题24:把括号里的助词放在句子里适当的位置
示例:

Why don’t we start the next day? (out) → Why don’t we start out the next day?

  1. Please sit, gentlemen. (down)
  2. They can’t move now. (in)
  3. Did John come yesterday? (over)
  4. Can we start right now? (off)
  5. What time did you wake this morning? (up)
  6. Everybody please stand. (up)
  7. Will you stop later on? (in)
  8. He didn’t show yesterday. (up)
  9. Don’t go before I tell you to. (away)
  10. I can’t hold any longer. (on)

2-10 第七个基本句型:主语 + 及物动词(VT)+ 宾语(NP)+ 状态副词(可选)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + VT + NP + (Adv-m) \)

  • 核心动词:及物动词(VT),即后面必须接宾语的动词,动作涉及到另一个对象;
  • 补足成分:名词组(NP),作「直接宾语」(DO),表示动作的承受者;
  • 修饰成分:可选的状态副词(Adv-m),说明动作的方式。

特殊动词类型:

  • 可分动词:及物动词与助词搭配,宾语可在助词前或后(如look over the exercise / look the exercise over);若宾语是代词(it, him等),必须放在助词前(look it over,不可说look over it);
  • 介动词:动词与介词固定搭配,宾语必须在介词后(如look at the book,不可说look the book at)。

例句:

  • John can speak English (fluently). / They finished the game (quickly).
  • 可分动词:The student is looking over his exercise. / The student is looking his exercise over.
  • 介动词:John looked at his friends. / The dog is waiting for his master.
习题25:在含有「主语补语」的句子后面注”SC”,在含有宾语的句子后面注”DO”
示例:

He became a soldier. (SC)

I know the soldier. (DO)

  1. He remained a soldier all his life.
  2. Mr. Wilson won the election.
  3. I love dogs.
  4. The students enjoyed the picnic.
  5. We stayed good friends.
  6. She had long hair.
  7. The kitten became a cat.
  8. The cat chased a mouse.
  9. He is our schoolmaster.
  10. They became parents.
习题26:把括号里的副词放在动词(或宾语)后面
示例:

The children came into the room. (noisily) → The children came noisily into the room.

She closed the door. (quietly) → She closed the door quietly.

  1. He always answers my letter. (promptly)
  2. The monkey climbed the tree. (easily)
  3. They arrived after a long journey. (safely)
  4. She waited for three hours. (patiently)
  5. The children spent their money. (foolishly)
  6. She makes decisions. (fast)
  7. He walked into the room. (boldly)
  8. The firemen climbed up the ladders. (rapidly)
  9. The wind blew all afternoon. (violently)
  10. They thought about the matter. (carefully)
参考:有些及物动词,如have, resemble, cost, weigh等,不能用状态副词修饰,也不能改成被动式:
John has a lot of friends.(√) → John has a lot of friends happily.(×)
The children resemble their father.(√) → Their father is resembled by the children.(×)
习题27:把宾语改在动词与助词的中间,然后再改成人称代词
示例:

She has turned on the light. → She has turned the light on. → She has turned it on.

  1. They drove out the cat.
  2. The soldiers blew up the bridge.
  3. We have given up our plans.
  4. She sent away her maid.
  5. I will look over the reports.
  6. Did the firemen put out the fire?
  7. I’d like to try on that yellow wool coat.
  8. Why are you holding off your decision?
  9. The carpenter put away his tools and left the building.
  10. He reached down and picked up the newspaper.
习题28:把适当的介词填进空白里。如果不需要介词,就打一个”×”的记号
示例:

We looked at the boy.

We watched × the boy.

  1. He thought ______ the idea.
  2. We laughed ______ the question.
  3. They arrived ______ the airport.
  4. How did you get ______ the station?
  5. They waited ______ a signal.
  6. We decided ______ the plan.
  7. She listened ______ the story carefully.
  8. He is looking ______ his lost pen.
  9. He found ______ his lost watch.
  10. We called ______ the Johnsons last Wednesday.
习题29:用人称代词的受格(it, him, her, them)回答下列问句
示例:

Has he looked over the plan? → Yes, he has looked it over.

Did the class go over the words? → No, the class did not go over them.

  1. Does Jane take after her mother? Yes, ______
  2. Did he pick up the newspaper? Yes, ______
  3. Should I take off my coat? Yes, ______
  4. Can you turn off the machine? No, ______
  5. Did he think over the matter? No, ______
  6. Will you look into the problem? Yes, ______
  7. Oughtn’t he to try out that radio before he buys it? Yes, ______
  8. Don’t you care for this kind of candy? No, ______
  9. Have they decided to put off their meeting? Yes, ______
  10. Aren’t you going to see about the reservation for the concert? No, ______

2-11 第八个基本句型:主语 + 双宾语动词(VT-d)+ 间接宾语 + 直接宾语

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + VT-d + NP_1 (间接宾语) + NP_2 (直接宾语) \)

  • 核心动词:双宾语动词(VT-d),后面可接两个宾语;
  • 间接宾语(NP₁):表示动作的「接受者」或「受惠者」(多为人);
  • 直接宾语(NP₂):表示动作的「直接对象」(多为物)。

关键规则:

  • 间接宾语可省略,直接宾语不可省略(如John gave a book. 正确;John gave me. 错误);
  • 间接宾语可移到直接宾语后,需加介词(to/for/of/with),具体介词由动词决定。

动词分类(按介词):

  • to(接受者):give, take, send, lend, tell, teach等;
  • for(受惠者):buy, make, cook, choose, get等;
  • of(来源):ask, expect, demand等;
  • with(对手):play, run等。

例句:

  • John gave me a book. → John gave a book to me.
  • They are going to buy their daughter a nice present. → They are going to buy a nice present for their daughter.
  • The student has asked the teacher a few questions. → The student has asked a few questions of the teacher.
习题30:把代词放进下面的句子里做间接宾语用
示例:

Give a dollar. (him) → Give him a dollar. / Give a dollar to him.

Ask a question. (us) → Ask us a question.

Say “hello”. (me) → Say “hello” to me.

  1. Speak English. (me)
  2. Write a letter. (him)
  3. Take the money. (her)
  4. Tell your story. (me)
  5. Repeat the answer. (them)
  6. Explain the problem. (her)
  7. Send a check. (us)
  8. Give your order. (them)
  9. Lend your car. (me)
  10. Report the accident. (them)
习题31:把代词放进下面的句子里做间接宾语用
示例:

Read the book. (me) → Read me the book. / Read the book to me / for me.

Buy the book. (me) → Buy me the book. / Buy the book for me.

Open the door. (me) → Open the door for me.

  1. Show the pictures. (us)
  2. Close the window. (him)
  3. Get a table. (her)
  4. Keep these papers. (them)
  5. Find a place. (him)
  6. Introduce your friend. (me)
  7. Correct this sentence. (us)
  8. Cook some dinner. (me)
  9. Throw the ball. (them)
  10. Call a taxi. (me)
习题32:删去可以省略的直接宾语
示例:

Did he pay you the money? → Did he pay you?

Did he read a story to Jane? → Did he read to Jane?

  1. Did he teach her English?
  2. Did he sing songs to the children?
  3. Did he feed the birds crumbs?
  4. Did he give money to the Red Cross?
  5. Did he tell the police his story?
  6. Did he write a letter to his family?
  7. Did he serve his guests lunch?
  8. Did he rent his house to a family of seven?
  9. Did he pay the employees last week’s salary?
  10. Did he contribute all his money to charities?
参考:在「动词+间接宾语+直接宾语」这个句型里,出现在动词teach, tell, write, pay, feed, serve, supply后面的直接宾语可以省去:
He taught us (English) in high school.
She wrote us (a letter) every week.
在「动词+直接宾语+to+间接宾语」这个句型里,出现在动词give, lend, sing, write, play, rent, deliver, contribute后面的直接宾语可以省去:
They gave (the book) to him yesterday.
She wrote (a letter) to her family last week.
习题33:把直接宾语改成代词,然后把间接宾语改成由to或for引导的介词短语
示例:

The teacher gave the students some books. → The teacher gave them to the students.

They bought me that present. → They bought it for me.

  1. Please give that lady the apples.
  2. Mrs. Harris brought her children the toys.
  3. Let’s offer Bob the job.
  4. Mother read us the story.
  5. I showed my friends the pictures.
  6. The merchant promised the boy the reward.
  7. Hand him the books.
  8. We sold the Taylors our house.
  9. I told the officer the truth.
  10. The reporter sent his paper the story.

2-12 第九个基本句型:主语 + elect类动词(VT-e)+ 宾语 + 宾语补语(NP)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + VT-e + NP_1 (宾语) + NP_2 (宾语补语) \)

  • 核心动词:elect类动词(VT-e),表示「选举、任命、命名、推选」等;
  • 宾语(NP₁):动作的承受者;
  • 宾语补语(NP₂):说明宾语的身份、职位,与宾语指同一人或事物。

关键区别(与第八句型):

  • 第八句型:两个宾语指不同对象(John gave me a book. 我≠书);
  • 第九句型:宾语与宾语补语指同一对象(They elected John captain. John=队长)。

常见elect类动词:elect(选举)、choose(选择)、vote(推选)、appoint(任命)、name(命名)、nominate(提名)。

例句:

  • The city elected Mr. Wood mayor.
  • John named his new boat ‘Hurricane’.
  • They voted Jane the most popular girl.
习题34:用括号里的语词回答下列问句
示例:

Did you elect John? (captain) → Yes, we elected John captain.

What did they name the ship? (Queen Mary) → They named the ship Queen Mary.

  1. Did the committee appoint him? (chairman)
  2. What did they name the baby? (Jane)
  3. Did the students choose him? (president)
  4. What did they nominate him? (treasurer)
  5. Did they appoint him? (manager)
  6. What did they vote her? (the most popular girl in the class)
  7. Did you choose Tom? (spokesman for the family)
  8. What are they going to elect him? (president)
  9. Did the company appoint him? (superintendent)
  10. What did you name the dog? (‘Snow White’)

2-13 第十个基本句型:主语 + consider类动词(VT-c)+ 宾语 + 宾语补语(NP/Adj)

知识点讲解

句型结构:\( NP + VT-c + NP_1 (宾语) + (NP_2/Adj) (宾语补语) \)

  • 核心动词:consider类动词(VT-c),表示「认为、觉得、使得、发现」等;
  • 宾语补语:可是名词组(NP)或形容词(Adj),说明宾语的性质、状态或身份;
  • 与第九句型的区别:第九句型的宾语补语仅能是名词,第十句型可接形容词。

常见consider类动词:consider(认为)、think(觉得)、prove(证明)、judge(判断)、imagine(想象)、believe(相信)、keep(使保持)、make(使得)、find(发现)、leave(使处于)。

特殊规则:部分动词(get, feel, set, wear, like等)后仅能接形容词作宾语补语(如She wears her hair long. 不可说She wears her hair a long.)。

例句:

  • John considered me a fool. / John considered me foolish.
  • They thought it a wonderful idea. / They thought the idea wonderful.
  • I like my tea hot. / We set him free.
习题35:用括号里的语词回答下列问句
示例:

How do you like your tea? (iced) → I like it iced.

  1. How does Jane wear her hair? (short)
  2. How did you find the hotel? (delightful)
  3. What color did you paint the walls? (white)
  4. How do you want your coffee? (strong)
  5. How does Bob play his radio? (loud)
  6. How do you find English, simple or complicated? (simple)
  7. How do you like your steak, rare, medium or well-done? (well-done)
  8. How do you prefer your vegetables, cooked or raw? (cooked)
  9. How do they serve fruit in China, peeled or unpeeled? (unpeeled)
  10. What do historians call George Washington? (the father of his country)
习题36:照例句改写下面的句子
示例:

We found him a sick man. → He was a sick man.(宾语补语,指同一人)

We found him a job. → He got a job.(直接宾语,指不同对象)

  1. We made him a member.
  2. We made him an offer.
  3. We called him a taxi.
  4. We called him a pest.
  5. We left him a happy person.
  6. We left him a tip.
  7. We made him a promise.
  8. We made him a success.
  9. We found him an audience.
  10. We found him an unhappy person.
习题37:照例句完成下面的句子
示例:

find / empty → (Did you) find (the box) empty?

hold / responsible → (I’ll) hold (you) responsible.

  1. push / open → (We) push (the door) open?
  2. set / free → (They) set (the prisoner) free.
  3. keep / warm → (She) keep (the baby) warm.
  4. make / angry → (His words) make (her) angry.
  5. cut / short → (He) cut (his hair) short.
  6. believe / innocent → (I) believe (him) innocent.
  7. judge / insane → (The court) judge (him) insane.
  8. consider / good English → (They) consider (it) good English.
  9. find / a hard worker → (We) find (her) a hard worker.
  10. leave / a mess → (He) leave (the room) a mess.
第3章 十二种动词时变式

第3章 十二种动词时变式

核心知识点总览

英语动词的时变式由「时式」(tense)和「变式」(aspect)组合而成:时式表示动作的时间(现在、过去、未来),变式表示动作的状态(单纯式、完成式、进行式、完成进行式),两者结合形成12种核心时变式。本章核心是掌握助动词与主动词的搭配规则、动词形式变化(现在式、过去式、分词)及不规则动词的变化规律。

3-1 英语的助动词

知识点讲解

英语动词组由「助动词」(auxiliary verb)和「主动词」(main verb)构成:

  • 助动词:位于主动词前,用于表示时式、语态或语气(如be, have, will, may, should等);
  • 主动词:表示核心动作或状态,是动词组的核心(如study, work, eat等);
  • 搭配逻辑:不同助动词与主动词的特定形式(原形、现在分词、过去分词)搭配,形成不同时变式。

示例(Be动词相关时变式):

  • He is in England.(现在单纯式:be + 表语)
  • He was in England.(过去单纯式:be的过去式 + 表语)
  • He has been in England.(现在完成式:have + be的过去分词)
  • He may be in England.(情态助动词 + be原形)

示例(Study相关时变式):

  • She studies English.(现在单纯式:主动词现在式)
  • She was studying English.(过去进行式:be的过去式 + 主动词现在分词)
  • She has studied English.(现在完成式:have + 主动词过去分词)
  • She should have been studying English.(情态助动词 + have + be的过去分词 + 主动词现在分词)
习题38:按照例句把助动词与主动词分开
示例:

He might have been in England. → 助动词:might, have, been;主动词:(无实义主动词,be为连缀动词)

Has she been studying English? → 助动词:Has, been;主动词:studying

  1. I am smelling a flower.
  2. I have just heated up the coffee.
  3. Did you ever talk to him?
  4. You should read this more carefully.
  5. You should have finished it long time ago.
  6. He must have been tired.
  7. Will you please help me on this?
  8. I must be going now.
  9. I have been hearing a good deal about you.
  10. She may not be able to see you.

3-2 时式与时间

知识点讲解

英语动词仅含两种「时式」(语法形式):现在式(present)和过去式(past),无单独的「未来式」(未来时间需通过助动词表达)。需严格区分「时式」(动词形式)和「时间」(实际发生的时段):

  • 时式 ≠ 时间:现在式可表现在、过去、未来时间;过去式也可表现在、过去、未来时间;
  • 同一时间可通过不同时式表达:如“明天出发”可译为He leaves tomorrow.(现在式)或He will leave tomorrow.(助动词表未来)。

现在式表不同时间的示例:

  • Mr. Smith doesn’t understand the question.(现在时间)
  • Mr. Smith sells books and magazines.(习惯动作,含现在、过去、未来)
  • Mr. Smith leaves for New York tomorrow.(未来时间)
  • So Mr. Smith goes up to the police. “There’s a burglar!” he says.(过去时间,历史的现在)

过去式表不同时间的示例:

  • If Mr. Smith had money now, he would buy the car.(现在时间,虚拟语气)
  • Mr. Smith bought the car yesterday.(过去时间)
  • Mr. Smith might buy the car tomorrow.(未来时间,情态动词表可能性)
习题39:把动词的时式与所描述的时间指出来
示例:

John is talking now. → 现在式;现在时间

John is always talking. → 现在式;现在、过去与未来时间

He might go tomorrow. → 过去式;未来时间

  1. I smell something.
  2. He may come next week.
  3. I would like some tea, please.
  4. She will go tomorrow.
  5. Did you have your breakfast?
  6. How brightly the sun is shining!
  7. What brought you back tonight?
  8. I have been in America and Europe.
  9. She said she had been there.
  10. He had made A on all three tests.

3-3 现在式:V(原形)、V-s(第三身单数式)

知识点讲解

定义:现在式是表示现在时间或习惯动作的动词形式,分为两种:

  • 原形(V):用于第一身(I, we)、第二身(you)、第三身复数(they, the boys);
  • 第三身单数式(V-s):用于第三身单数(he, she, it, the boy, Mary),由原形加-s/-es构成。

特殊情况:Be动词的现在式有三种形式(am, are, is),不遵循上述规则。

人称 单数 复数
第一身 I work. / I am. We work. / We are.
第二身 You work. / You are. You work. / You are.
第三身 He/She/It works. / He/She/It is. They work. / They are.
名词作主语 John works. / John is. John and Mary work. / John and Mary are.

3-3-1 V-s的拼写规则

  • (1)一般动词直接加-s:work → works, play → plays;
  • (2)字尾为s, z, x, sh, ch, o时加-es:pass → passes, go → goes, touch → touches;
  • (3)字尾为“辅音+y”时,变y为i加-es:fly → flies, try → tries(例外:buy → buys,y前为元音)。

3-3-2 V-s的发音规则

  • (1)在清辅音(p, t, k, f等)后读/s/:hopes /həʊps/, asks /ɑːsks/;
  • (2)在浊辅音(b, d, g等)和元音后读/z/:bribes /braɪbz/, cries /kraɪz/;
  • (3)在/s, z, ʃ, ʒ, tʃ, dʒ/后读/ɪz/:passes /ˈpɑːsɪz/, rushes /ˈrʌʃɪz/;
  • (4)不规则发音:does /dʌz/, says /sez/。
习题40:把括号里的动词的现在式填进空白中,并且用音标注出-(e)s的发音
示例:

(work) He works every weekday. (s /wɜːrks/)

(return) She returns every August. (z /rɪˈtɜːrnz/)

(play) We play tennis every spring.(无-(e)s,原形 /pleɪ/)

  1. (come) He ______ to dinner every Sunday. ( )
  2. (listen) She ______ to the radio in the evening. ( )
  3. (study) John ______ every afternoon from four to six. ( )
  4. (paint) We ______ every nice afternoon. ( )
  5. (meet) He and I ______ every weekend. ( )
  6. (write) He ______ his mother every week. ( )
  7. (strike) It ______ every quarter-hour. ( )
  8. (read) She ______ a story every evening. ( )
  9. (play) Bob ______ baseball with his friends after school. ( )
  10. (complain) Mary ______ all the time. ( )

3-4 过去式:V-ed

知识点讲解

定义:过去式是表示过去时间动作或状态的动词形式,分为规则动词和不规则动词:

  • 规则动词:过去式由原形加-ed构成,所有人称单复数形式一致(如work → worked);
  • 不规则动词:过去式有特殊变化,需单独记忆(如go → went, eat → ate)。

规则动词过去式示例(所有人称一致):

  • I worked. / We worked. / He worked. / They worked.

3-4-1 规则动词V-ed的拼写规则

  • (1)一般动词直接加-ed:work → worked, play → played;
  • (2)单音节动词字尾为“短元音+辅音”,双写辅音加-ed:beg → begged, stop → stopped;
  • (3)双音节动词重音在尾音节,且字尾为“短元音+辅音”,双写辅音加-ed:permit → permitted, prefer → preferred;
  • (4)字尾为“辅音+y”,变y为i加-ed:cry → cried, try → tried(例外:play → played,y前为元音);
  • (5)英美差异:worship → worshiped (美) / worshipped (英),travel → traveled (美) / travelled (英)。

3-4-2 规则动词V-ed的发音规则

  • (1)在清辅音(p, t, k, f等)后读/t/:tapped /tæpt/, laughed /lɑːft/;
  • (2)在浊辅音(b, d, g等)和元音后读/d/:named /neɪmd/, played /pleɪd/;
  • (3)在/t/和/d/后读/ɪd/:started /ˈstɑːrtɪd/, needed /ˈniːdɪd/。
习题41:把括号里的动词的过去式填进空白中,并且用音标注出-ed的发音
示例:

(cook) She cooked the food this morning. (t /kʊkt/)

(snow) It snowed last winter. (d /snəʊd/)

  1. (try) They ______ to get in after the show had begun. ( )
  2. (stay) He ______ after the other guests had left. ( )
  3. (watch) They ______ TV last night. ( )
  4. (help) The review course ______ me pass my exams. ( )
  5. (close) The store ______ early last Sunday. ( )
  6. (wash) The janitor ______ windows all day yesterday. ( )
  7. (use) We ______ a lot of coal during the last cold spell. ( )
  8. (start) The train ______ late last night. ( )
  9. (promise) He ______ to deliver the goods promptly. ( )
  10. (arrive) The package ______ last Saturday. ( )

3-5 未来时间的表达

知识点讲解

英语无单独的“未来式”,需通过助动词或固定结构表达未来时间,常见方式及区别如下:

  1. Will/Shall + 动词原形:表单纯未来、承诺或决心(Shall多用于第一身);
  2. Be going + to + 动词原形:表计划中的未来(可能近期发生);
  3. Be + to + 动词原形:表职责、安排或他人要求;
  4. Be about + to + 动词原形:表“即将发生”(动作即将开始)。

示例及含义区别:

  • I’ll go to visit my aunt.(单纯未来,无特殊含义)
  • I will go to visit my aunt.(表承诺或决心)
  • I am going to visit my aunt.(计划中的未来,如已打算下周去)
  • I am to visit my aunt.(他人安排或职责要求)
  • I am about to leave.(即将离开,动作马上发生)
习题42:把括号里的动词用适当的形式表示未来时间。每一个题目都可能有好几个答案
示例:

He (start) next month. → He will start next month. / He is going to start next month. / He is to start next month.

  1. She (arrive) tomorrow.
  2. I (be) back at noon.
  3. We (take) a walk in the park.
  4. You (buy) a dictionary.
  5. He (go) home by subway.
  6. I (eat) by myself.
  7. Nobody (tell) him what to do.
  8. Alice (wear) her best suit.
  9. They (put) the mail on my desk.
  10. It (cost) ten dollars.

3-6 变式:单纯式、完成式、进行式、完成进行式

知识点讲解

「变式」(aspect)表示动作的状态,共4种,与3种时式(现在、过去、未来)组合,形成12种「时变式」:

  • 单纯式(simple aspect):表动作的整体、习惯或一次性完成(无特殊助动词,仅动词原形/过去式/V-s);
  • 完成式(perfect aspect):表动作在某一时间点前已完成(助动词have + 过去分词);
  • 进行式(progressive aspect):表动作在某一时间点正在进行(助动词be + 现在分词);
  • 完成进行式(perfect progressive aspect):表动作持续到某一时间点,且可能继续(助动词have + been + 现在分词)。
变式\时式 现在 过去 未来
单纯式 Simple Present(现在单纯式) Simple Past(过去单纯式) Simple Future(未来单纯式)
完成式 Present Perfect(现在完成式) Past Perfect(过去完成式) Future Perfect(未来完成式)
进行式 Present Progressive(现在进行式) Past Progressive(过去进行式) Future Progressive(未来进行式)
完成进行式 Present Perfect Progressive(现在完成进行式) Past Perfect Progressive(过去完成进行式) Future Perfect Progressive(未来完成进行式)
习题43:按照例句说出(或写出)答句。用括号的语词做答句的主语
示例:

He lives in Chicago now. (she) → She lives in Chicago now, too.

I worked in the bookshop last year. (Henry) → Henry worked in the bookshop last year, too.

They will go to Europe next month. (we) → We will / shall go to Europe next month, too.

  1. I travel a lot. (you)
  2. We played handball last week. (they)
  3. They will travel by plane. (I)
  4. Mary studies all the time. (Alice)
  5. I enjoy going to concerts. (my brother)
  6. Lawyers and actors talk a lot in their work. (businessmen)
  7. I like studying in the library. (Bob)
  8. Jack asked a lot of questions. (Joe)
  9. They will have a meeting tomorrow. (we)
  10. Dick will get a raise this week. (you)

3-7 进行式:Be + V-ing

知识点讲解

句型结构:进行式由「助动词be + 主动词现在分词(V-ing)」构成,表动作在某一时间点正在进行。

时式 结构
现在进行式 am/is/are + V-ing
过去进行式 was/were + V-ing
未来进行式 will/shall + be + V-ing

现在分词(V-ing)拼写规则

  • (1)一般动词直接加-ing:work → working, play → playing;
  • (2)字尾为不发音的e,去e加-ing:bite → biting, write → writing(例外:dye → dyeing);
  • (3)单音节动词字尾为“短元音+辅音”,双写辅音加-ing:run → running, put → putting;
  • (4)双音节动词重音在尾音节,且字尾为“短元音+辅音”,双写辅音加-ing:prefer → preferring, omit → omitting;
  • (5)字尾为ie,变ie为y加-ing:tie → tying, die → dying, lie → lying。

例句:

  • I am eating. / She is eating. / They are eating.(现在进行式)
  • He was eating. / We were eating.(过去进行式)
  • You will be eating at 7 p.m. tomorrow.(未来进行式)
习题44:按照例句用括号里的名词和动词说出(或写出)问句
示例:

Is John working today? (Bob, study) → Is Bob studying today?

Was he smiling? (you, talk) → Were you talking?

Will you be studying? (she, read) → Will she be reading?

  1. Was he studying? (Ken, write on the blackboard)
  2. Are they coming today? (he, leave)
  3. Were you talking? (the man, lie in the next room)
  4. Are you eating now? (your mother, bake a cake)
  5. Was it raining? (the stars, shine brightly)
  6. Will they be swimming? (you, take a piano lesson)
  7. Is the typist improving? (you, improve your English pronunciation)
  8. Is the patient in Room 103 getting better today? (the little boys, behave well)
  9. Was she standing at the gate? (the car, go at a full speed)
  10. Are the little boys learning to swim? (Miriam, get dressed up for the party)

3-8 完成式:Have + V-en

知识点讲解

句型结构:完成式由「助动词have + 主动词过去分词(V-en)」构成,表动作在某一时间点前已完成。

时式 结构
现在完成式 have/has + V-en
过去完成式 had + V-en
未来完成式 will/shall + have + V-en

过去分词(V-en)说明

  • 规则动词:过去分词与过去式相同(worked → worked);
  • 不规则动词:过去分词有特殊变化,需按类型记忆(如eat → eaten, go → gone)。

例句:

  • I have eaten. / She has eaten. / They have eaten.(现在完成式)
  • We had eaten before he arrived.(过去完成式)
  • He will have eaten by 6 p.m.(未来完成式)

3-8-1 不规则动词的过去式与过去分词变化表

不规则动词按语音变化分为四大类,需重点记忆:

Ⅰ. A-A-A型(现在式、过去式、过去分词相同)

现在式 中文含义 过去式 过去分词
beat 连击 beat beat (beaten)
bet 打赌 bet bet
burst 爆炸 burst burst
cast cast cast
cost cost cost
cut cut cut
hit 击中 hit hit
hurt 伤害 hurt hurt
let let let
put 放置 put put
set 安置 set set
shut 关闭 shut shut
spread 散布 spread spread

Ⅱ. A-B-B型(过去式与过去分词相同)

现在式 中文含义 过去式 过去分词
dig dug dug
stick 插入 stuck stuck
win won won
bleed 流血 bled bled
feed 喂养 fed fed
lead 引导 led led
meet 遇见 met met
hold 抓住 held held
find 发现 found found
get 得到 got got (gotten)
sit sat sat
keep 保持 kept kept
sleep 睡觉 slept slept
leave 离开 left left
lose 遗失 lost lost
sell sold sold
tell 告诉 told told

Ⅲ. A-B-A型(现在式与过去分词相同)

现在式 中文含义 过去式 过去分词
come came come
become 变为 became become
run ran run

Ⅳ. A-B-C型(现在式、过去式、过去分词均不同)

现在式 中文含义 过去式 过去分词
begin 开始 began begun
drink drank drunk
sing 唱歌 sang sung
swim 游泳 swam swum
drive 驾驶 drove driven
ride 骑坐 rode ridden
rise 升起 rose risen
write wrote written
do did done
fly flew flown
go went gone
eat ate eaten
see 看到 saw seen
give gave given

注:带“*”的动词可规则化变化,括号内为可选形式。

3-9 完成进行式:Have + been + V-ing

知识点讲解

句型结构:完成进行式由「助动词have + been(be的过去分词)+ 主动词现在分词(V-ing)」构成,表动作持续到某一时间点,且可能继续。

时式 结构
现在完成进行式 have/has + been + V-ing
过去完成进行式 had + been + V-ing
未来完成进行式 will/shall + have + been + V-ing

核心含义:强调动作的“持续性”,区别于完成式(强调结果)。例如:

  • I have studied English for 3 years.(现在完成式:强调“学了3年”的结果)
  • I have been studying English for 3 years.(现在完成进行式:强调“3年一直在学”的持续过程)

例句:

  • They have been working all day.(现在完成进行式:持续工作到现在)
  • He had been studying before the exam.(过去完成进行式:考试前一直在学习)
  • We will have been living here for 10 years by next month.(未来完成进行式:到下个月持续住了10年)
习题45:把动词的完成式改为完成进行式
示例:

I have studied. → I have been studying.

  1. He has written a letter.
  2. They have listened.
  3. We have heard about that.
  4. She has thought about that.
  5. I have ridden this train.
  6. They have built a new building.
  7. We have paid taxes.
  8. She has worried about her job.
  9. It has rained for an hour.
  10. The government has talked about it for years.
第4章 各种时变式的用途

第4章 各种时变式的用途

核心知识点总览

本章从“时式(时间维度)+ 变式(状态维度)”双视角,详解7种核心时变式的用途:现在单纯式、现在进行式、现在完成式、现在完成进行式、过去单纯式、过去进行式、过去完成式。核心逻辑是“时间决定时式,状态决定变式”,需掌握每种时变式的适用场景、时间副词搭配、动词类型限制(内/外动词、持续/瞬间动词),并通过对比辨析易混淆点(如since与for、ago的搭配差异)。

4-1 现在单纯式的用途:V(原形)、V-s(第三身单数)

知识点讲解

核心定义:表示“超时间性”的行为或事实——过去、现在、未来保持一致的状态或规律,因英语无专门“超时间时式”,故用现在单纯式替代。

两大核心用途

  1. 普遍真理与现在事实:描述客观规律、固定属性(如自然现象、科学原理、当前状态);
  2. 习惯与频繁性行为:表示职业、嗜好、日常习惯等重复发生的动作(搭配频率副词)。

时间副词搭配:always、often、seldom、every day、usually、regularly等频率副词。

动词形式规则:第一/二身单复数、第三身复数用原形(V);第三身单数加-s/-es(V-s)。

(1)普遍真理与现在事实 示例

  • The sun rises in the east.(太阳从东方升起——自然规律)
  • Two and two are four.(二加二等于四——数学真理)
  • Alaska is the largest state in the United States.(阿拉斯加是美国最大的州——地理事实)
  • This milk tastes sour.(这牛奶尝起来酸了——当前状态)

(2)习惯与频繁性行为 示例

  • I go to church every Sunday.(我每周日去教堂——日常习惯)
  • Professor White teaches philosophy.(怀特教授教哲学——职业)
  • We seldom go to the movies.(我们很少去看电影——频率)
  • John plays the violin well.(约翰小提琴拉得好——才能)
过去 现在 未来

现在单纯式:动作/状态贯穿过去-现在-未来,呈“超时间”特征

习题46:按照例句完成下面的句子
示例:

He ______ Chinese, but he ______ English. (speak)

He speaks Chinese, but he doesn’t speak English.

  1. Miss Harris ______ English, but she ______ geography. (teach)
  2. Bob ______ German, but he ______ French. (know)
  3. My father ______ tea, but he ______ coffee. (like)
  4. That author ______ novels, but he ______ poems. (write)
  5. Jack’s wife ______ blue, but she ______ green. (wear)
  6. The baker ______ bread, but he ______ cake. (make)
  7. We ______ rice, but we ______ potatoes. (eat)
  8. This class ______ music, but it ______ painting. (study)
  9. The cafeteria ______ lunch, but it ______ breakfast. (serve)
  10. The students here ______ baseball, but they ______ football. (play)

4-2 现在进行式的用途:am, are, is + V-ing

知识点讲解

核心定义:表示“时间限定性”的动作——说话时正在进行,或未来的计划安排,又称“真实的现在”(区别于现在单纯式“超时间的现在”)。

两大核心用途

  1. 说话时正在进行的动作(搭配now、right now等时间副词);
  2. 未来的打算(搭配tomorrow、in an hour等未来时间副词)。

关键限制:内动词与外动词

  • 内动词(private verbs):表存在、所有、知觉、情感(如be、have、know、love、believe),无法通过外表观察,不可用进行式
  • 外动词(public verbs):表可观察的具体动作(如work、play、talk、see),可自由用于进行式
  • 特殊情况:部分内动词在特定语境下可作外动词(如I’m seeing him tomorrow. 表“拜访”,而非“看见”)。

现在分词(V-ing)构成:一般动词加-ing;不发音e结尾去e加-ing;重读闭音节双写尾辅音加-ing。

(1)说话时正在进行的动作 示例

  • I am learning English now.(我现在正在学英语)
  • John is doing his assignment right now.(约翰此刻正在做作业)
  • They are watching television.(他们正在看电视)

(2)未来打算 示例

  • He is leaving tomorrow on the six o’clock plane.(他明天乘六点的飞机离开)
  • I am picking you up in an hour.(我一小时后去接你)
过去 现在(进行中) 未来

现在进行式:动作聚焦“当下”或“计划中的未来”

常见内动词(不可直接用于进行式)

see, hear, smell, notice; remember, forget, know, understand; believe, trust; feel (that), think (that); suppose, mean; need, want, wish; love, hate, like; seem, appear; belong to, contain, matter, possess, own, consist of, have, be

内动词作外动词的特殊用法 示例

  • I’m seeing him tomorrow.(我明天要去拜访他——表“拜访”)
  • The judge is hearing the case.(法官正在审理这个案子——表“审理”)
  • Are you forgetting your manners?(你忘了礼貌吗?——表“故意忽略”)
  • You are being naughty again.(你又在淘气了——be being表“故意表现”)
参考:现在进行式也可与always, constantly, continually等副词连用,强调事情频繁发生(含抱怨或强调意味)。例如:
He’s always thinking (and thinking).(他总是在思考个不停)
George is continually arguing with people.(乔治总是和人争论)
习题47:把现在单纯式改成现在进行式(注意调整时间副词)
示例:

John studies in the library every day. → John is studying in the library now.

  1. John always finishes his lessons early.
  2. The wind always blows hard at this season of the year.
  3. Both children dress very quickly every morning.
  4. He often brings flowers to her.
  5. Mr. Connor always begins his lectures on time.
  6. She speaks with an accent.
  7. He generally writes detective stories.
  8. We usually put the mail in this box.
  9. A car stops in front of the house.
  10. They save money for their vacation.
习题48:把现在进行式改成现在单纯式(注意添加频率副词)
示例:

He is talking loudly now. → He always talks loudly.

  1. Robert is trying hard.
  2. They are coming here now.
  3. He is making furniture as a hobby.
  4. Walter is driving much too fast.
  5. Mary is doing her shopping with her mother.
  6. John is walking to school with me.
  7. We are waiting for you in the street.
  8. She is helping me with my lesson.
  9. He is lying on the bed at this moment.
  10. We are studying in the same class now.
习题49:把括号里面的动词改成现在进行式
  1. He (prepare) his homework now.
  2. The leaves (begin) to fall from the trees.
  3. Helen (write) a letter to her friend.
  4. Look! That is Stephen who (get) on the bus.
  5. The telephone (ring) in the next room.
  6. The paper (lie) on my desk.
  7. Several people (sit) in the lobby.
  8. The students (argue) with the professor.
  9. The plant (die) from lack of water.
  10. I (work) my way through college.
习题50:按照句子的意思填入动词的现在单纯式或现在进行式
  1. Henry and Helen (walk) to school with us every morning.
  2. We (learn) our lesson well.
  3. Ralph often (use) my book during the lesson.
  4. He (count) all the books in the library now.
  5. It generally (snow) very hard at this time of the year.
  6. The alarm clock (ring) at six in the morning every day.
  7. Listen! The telephone (ring) in the next room.
  8. The teacher (praise) Jane. She (want) the girl to try harder.
  9. Now that the flowers (bloom), the garden (smell) good.
  10. Today Jane (wear) her sister’s dress. She certainly (resemble) her, doesn’t she?
习题51:按照例句把下面每一对句子连起来
示例:

Is he outside? Is he waiting? → Is he outside waiting?

Is she back home? Is she watching TV? → Is she back home watching TV?

  1. Is he in his room? Is he sleeping? →
  2. Are they in the other room? Are they arguing? →
  3. Are you sitting? Are you waiting? →
  4. Are they at the bank? Are they cashing a check? →
  5. Are you busy? Are you working? →
  6. Are they downtown? Are they having dinner? →
  7. Is he with his students? Is he teaching them? →
  8. Is she in the kitchen? Is she cooking? →
  9. Are the children in the yard? Are they playing? →
  10. Is your brother here? Is he looking for you? →

4-3 现在完成式的用途:have, has + V-en(过去分词)

知识点讲解

核心定义:“从现在回顾过去”的时变式——动作发生在过去,但焦点是“对现在的影响或关联”,而非动作本身的时间。

三大核心用途

  1. 到现在为止已完成的动作(搭配just、already、not…yet等未定时间副词,或today、this week等含现在的时间范围);
  2. 到现在为止的过往经验(搭配never、ever、twice、so far等表频率或范围的副词);
  3. 从过去持续到现在的动作(搭配for+时间段、since+时间点等表持续的副词)。

关键禁忌:不可与确定过去时间副词(如yesterday、last week、an hour ago)连用,也不可用于When/How long ago开头的问句(需用过去单纯式)。

易混辨析

  • have gone to:去了某地(现在仍在途中或目的地);
  • have been to:去过某地(现在已返回)。

(1)已完成的动作 示例

  • I have just finished my assignment.(我刚完成作业——刚结束)
  • She has already eaten her supper.(她已经吃过晚饭了——已完成)
  • John hasn’t fixed his car yet.(约翰还没修好车——未完成)
  • I have had three colds this winter.(今年冬天我已经感冒三次了——含现在的时间范围)

(2)过往经验 示例

  • We have never discussed the subject.(我们从未讨论过这个话题——无经验)
  • Have you ever seen a camel?(你见过骆驼吗?——询问经验)
  • They have seen the same movie twice.(他们同一部电影看了两次——次数)
  • So far I haven’t made any mistake.(到目前为止我没犯任何错误——范围)

(3)持续到现在的动作 示例

  • I have practiced English for an hour.(我已经练了一小时英语——for+时间段)
  • Bob hasn’t eaten anything since yesterday.(鲍勃从昨天起就没吃东西了——since+时间点)
  • I have lived here since I was sixteen.(我十六岁起就住在这里了——since+从句)
过去(动作起点) → 持续/完成 现在(焦点) 未来

现在完成式:动作关联“过去”与“现在”,焦点在现在

参考:比较现在完成式与过去单纯式的差异:
I have finished writing the letter.(我已经写完信了——强调现在的结果)
I wrote a letter last night.(我昨晚写了一封信——强调过去的动作时间)
注意:When did you finish your assignment?(不可说When have you finished…?)
习题52:把括号里面的动词改成现在完成式
  1. I (already read) the book.
  2. He (go) to the United States.
  3. She (be) to Japan several times.
  4. The man (never speak) to me.
  5. George (bring) my book at last.
  6. I (not hear) from him since last year.
  7. She (not buy) a new hat for six months.
  8. I (often walk) to school with her.
  9. Up to the present, I (never meet) him.
  10. The boy said, “I (make) a mistake.”
参考:比较have gone to与have been to:
He has gone to the park.(他去公园了——现在还在公园)
He has been to the park.(他去过公园了——现在已不在公园)
习题53:按照例句完成下面的句子
示例:

I haven’t seen him ….. (a) Christmas; (b) two months.
I haven’t seen him since Christmas.
I haven’t seen him for two months.

  1. They have lived in this street ……(a) 1920; (b) the last three years; (c) a long time; (d) over a year.
  2. It hasn’t rained here …… (a) more than a month; (b) April; (c) two months; (d) many weeks.
  3. I haven’t bought any new dress……(a) a week; (b) ages; (c) then; (d) longer than I can remember.
  4. Bob hasn’t eaten any meat (a) his childhood; (b) over a year; (c) he was a boy; (d) at least a month.
  5. You have asked the same question every day ….. (a) last Sunday; (b) fifteen days; (c) the beginning of the year; (d) your birthday.
参考:since与for的区别:
since表示“从过去的某一點时间(到现在)”,后接时间点(如1990, yesterday, he was a child),仅与现在完成式连用;
for表示“一段时间”,后接时间段(如three years, an hour),可与现在、过去、未来各种时式连用。
示例:
John has worked there since ten years ago.(√)
John has worked there for ten years.(√)
John stayed there for three years.(√)
John will stay there for three years.(√)
习题54:用since或for完成下面的句子
  1. Where have you been ______ last week?
  2. You haven’t been here ______ a week.
  3. He has practiced English ______ three hours.
  4. He has practiced French ______ three o’clock this afternoon.
  5. We haven’t done any work ______ a month.
  6. Nothing has been done ______ January.
  7. They have been talking ______ an hour and a half.
  8. I have been very busy ______ last week.
  9. My wife has been very happy ______ the last week.
  10. Alice has been reading that book ______ the last two hours.

4-4 现在完成进行式的用途:have, has + been + V-ing

知识点讲解

核心定义:强调“动作的持续过程”——从过去某点开始,一直持续到现在(可能仍在进行,也可能刚中止),与现在完成式“持续用法”相似,但更侧重“过程的连续性”。

核心特征

  1. 常搭配表持续的时间副词(for three hours, since yesterday, all the morning等);
  2. 无时间副词时,仍可表“持续到现在”的含义;
  3. 持续类动词(stay, wait, study, live等)更常用此结构,因这类动词天然强调“过程”。

与现在完成式的区别

  • 现在完成进行式:侧重“持续过程”(He has been reading the book. 他一直在看书);
  • 现在完成式:侧重“结果或经历”(He has read the book. 他已经看完了书/他看过这本书)。

(1)动作仍在进行 示例

  • He has been lying there for three hours.(他已经在那里躺了三个小时了——还在躺)
  • It has been raining all the morning.(雨下了一早上了——还在下)

(2)动作刚中止 示例

  • I’m cold because I’ve been swimming for an hour.(我冷是因为游了一小时泳——现在不游了)
  • He is very tired; he’s been running around all day.(他很累,一整天都在跑来跑去——现在休息了)
过去(动作起点) → 持续过程 → 现在 未来

现在完成进行式:聚焦“持续过程”,强调动作的连续性

习题55:把括号里面的动词改成现在完成进行式
  1. I (live) here since 1956.
  2. (You wait) long for me?
  3. He (work) here for many years.
  4. The man (stand) at the gate since noon.
  5. They (play) tennis all the afternoon.
  6. He (speak) English all his life.
  7. My mother (feel) much better recently.
  8. Look! That light (burn) all night.
  9. I know you (talk) about grammar for the last half an hour, but I’m afraid I (not listen).
  10. What (you do) while I have been out? We (sit) here writing our homework.
习题56:按照句子的意思填入动词的现在完成式或完成进行式
  1. I (not see) you for a long time.
  2. He (not be) here since Christmas. I wonder where he (live) since then.
  3. That book (lie) on the table for weeks. (You not read) it yet?
  4. He (not have) a holiday for nine years because he (be) too busy.
  5. I (try) to learn English for years, but I (not succeed) yet.
  6. I (wait) here for her since seven o’clock and she (not come) yet.
  7. (You be) asleep all the morning? I (ring) the bell for the last twenty minutes.
  8. He (work) so hard this week that he (not have) time to go to the barber’s.
  9. We (live) here for the last six months, and (just decide) to move.
  10. I (not find) a wife, though I (look) for one ever since I was twenty-five.
习题57:按照例句把下面每一对句子连起来
示例:

She started about an hour ago. She is still studying. → She has been studying in the other room since an hour ago.

It all began in April. He is still worrying. → He has been worrying about his job since April.

  1. I started looking for it yesterday. I am still looking. →
  2. It started rising at dawn. It is still rising. →
  3. He started thinking about it last night. He is still thinking. →
  4. We started studying at nine. We are still studying. →
  5. They started building it in 1960. They are still building it. →
  6. He started teaching here ten years ago. He is still teaching here. →
  7. She started writing the novel last month. She is still writing it. →
  8. It started raining early this morning. It is still raining. →
  9. He started saving money when he was young. He is still saving money. →
  10. They started arguing an hour ago. They are still arguing. →

4-5 过去单纯式的用途:V-ed(过去式)

知识点讲解

核心定义:表示“过去某一确定时间发生的动作或状态”——动作与现在无直接关联,仅聚焦过去的时间点。

核心特征

  1. 必须搭配确定过去时间副词(yesterday, last week, an hour ago, in 1970等);
  2. 规则动词过去式加-ed,不规则动词需记忆特殊变化;
  3. 口语中,可替代与just, ever, never等副词连用的现在完成式(如I just talked to him. = I have just talked to him.)。

与现在完成式的核心区别

  • 过去单纯式:强调“过去的时间点”(动作在过去结束);
  • 现在完成式:强调“与现在的关联”(动作影响现在)。

示例

  • John left an hour ago.(约翰一小时前离开了——确定时间)
  • Mr. Smith went to Japan two months ago.(史密斯先生两个月前去了日本——确定时间)
  • We did not enjoy the party last night.(我们昨晚没在派对上玩得开心——确定时间)
  • I recognized his face, but I didn’t remember his name.(我认出了他的脸,但不记得他的名字——过去动作)
过去(确定时间点) → 动作结束 → 现在 未来

过去单纯式:动作仅发生在“过去确定时间”,与现在无关

参考:口语中现在完成式与过去单纯式的替换:
I have just talked to him. = I just talked to him.(我刚和他聊过)
Have you ever read this book? = Did you ever read this book?(你读过这本书吗?)
This is the most interesting picture I have ever seen. = This is the most interesting picture I ever saw.(这是我见过最有趣的图片)
习题58:把现在单纯式改为过去单纯式,并添加表示过去时间的副词
  1. We go to a shop. →
  2. He hides the key. →
  3. He loses his bag. →
  4. They drink tea every day. →
  5. You lie to me. →
  6. She tells us a story. →
  7. The hen lays five eggs. →
  8. Tom falls and hurts his arm. →
  9. The picture hangs on the wall. →
  10. They build a house. →
习题59:按照句子的意思,填入动词的现在完成(进行)式或过去单纯式
  1. My sister (not write) to me lately.
  2. I (write) a letter to them yesterday.
  3. She (not buy) a new dress since last year.
  4. I (buy) one last week.
  5. They (visit) Japan a few years ago.
  6. I (never visit) Japan up to the present.
  7. I (not have) a good sleep last night.
  8. I (not have) a good sleep since last week.
  9. She (not have) a holiday for four years.
  10. We (finish) our supper half an hour ago.
  11. I (not finish) these sums yet.
  12. We (not pay) our rent for over three weeks.
  13. I (pay) this bill last Wednesday.
  14. He (study) English for two years.
  15. She (study) music since she (be) a child.
  16. He (certainly arrive) by this time.
  17. Since when (you know) him?
  18. When (you meet) him?
  19. How long ago (you arrive) here?
  20. Although he (study) at the university for four years, he (not get) his degree yet.
习题60:按照例句用since或ago完成下面的句子
示例:

I know it (last week). → I have known it since last week.

I know it (a week). → I knew it a week ago.

  1. She is away (this morning). →
  2. I see her (three months). →
  3. A lot happens (my arrival here). →
  4. She does not eat (the day before yesterday). →
  5. It all begins (a few years). →
  6. I have a physical checkup (quite a long time). →
  7. The property is in her name (their marriage). →
  8. He reads three books (breakfast). →
  9. She makes the beds (then). →
  10. They do not see each other (last summer). →
参考:ago与since的核心区别:
ago表示“离现在到过去的一段时间”,后接时间段(如three years ago),仅与过去单纯式连用;
since表示“从过去到现在的时间起点”,后接时间点(如last year),仅与现在完成式连用。
示例:
I met him three years ago.(我三年前见过他——过去单纯式)
I have known him since then.(从那以后我就认识他了——现在完成式)
习题61:按照句子的意思,填入动词的现在单纯式、现在进行式、现在完成式,或过去单纯式
  1. He (go) downtown every weekend.
  2. He (go) abroad last week.
  3. I (be) sick since last week.
  4. She (read) a newspaper now.
  5. My last car was a Ford. I (have) it for two years.
  6. My present car is a Ford. I (have) it for one year.
  7. He (not look) so strong as he (do) last semester.
  8. I (hear) the news last night, but I (not hear) it today.
  9. At present he (write) a letter; it is the tenth letter he (write) this week.
  10. When we (exercise) in the sun, we (feel) very hot.
  11. I (feel) much better since I (come) here.
  12. I (feel) much better since I (be) here.

4-6 过去进行式的用途:was, were + V-ing

知识点讲解

核心定义:表示“过去某一时间正在进行的动作”,或“过去背景中的持续动作”——极少单独使用,多与过去单纯式配合,形成“长动作(背景)+ 短动作(事件)”的逻辑。

两大核心用途

  1. 与过去单纯式配合:while引导长动作(过去进行式),when引导短动作(过去单纯式);
  2. 单独使用:搭配表过去特定时间的副词(at ten o’clock last night)或整段时间的副词(all this morning)。

关键限制:持续动词与瞬间动词

  • 持续动词(live, study, wait等):可直接用于while从句(单纯式或进行式);
  • 瞬间动词(come, go, arrive等):仅能以进行式用于while从句(表“即将发生”),不可用单纯式。

(1)与过去单纯式配合 示例

  • I was studying when the earthquake occurred.(地震发生时,我正在学习——长动作+短动作)
  • The earthquake occurred while I was studying.(我正在学习时,地震发生了——短动作+长动作)
  • We had a flat tire while we were crossing the bridge.(我们过桥时,车胎爆了——长动作+短动作)

(2)单独使用 示例

  • It was raining at seven o’clock this morning.(今天早上七点正在下雨——特定时间)
  • She was washing clothes all this morning.(她一早上都在洗衣服——整段时间)
  • What were you doing all afternoon?(你整个下午都在做什么?——整段时间)

(3)两个过去进行式配合(同时进行) 示例

  • I was reading newspapers while she was playing the piano.(她弹钢琴时,我在看报纸——同时进行)
  • While the child was struggling in the water, the mother was screaming on the bank.(孩子在水里挣扎时,妈妈在岸边尖叫——同时进行)
过去 → 长动作(进行中)→ 短动作(发生) 现在

过去进行式:多表示“过去的持续背景动作”,与“瞬间事件动作”配合

参考一:持续动词与瞬间动词的用法差异:
正确:The band was playing while I was leaving.(我正要离开时,乐队在演奏——瞬间动词进行式)
错误:The band was playing while I left.(瞬间动词单纯式不可用于while从句)
正确:The band was playing when I left.(我离开时,乐队在演奏——瞬间动词用于when从句)
参考二:过去进行式与always等副词连用,强调过去频繁发生的动作(含抱怨意味):
She was always complaining about something.(她过去总是抱怨这抱怨那)
习题62:把括号里面的动词改成过去进行式
  1. We (study) when the teacher arrived.
  2. I (read) a book when he came in.
  3. They (eat) in a restaurant when I saw them.
  4. The sun (shine) when we went out.
  5. When you telephoned, I (still have) my dinner.
  6. He came in while you (write).
  7. He (work) all day yesterday.
  8. It (rain) at six o’clock this morning.
  9. I took another cake when you (not look).
  10. While you (play) the piano I (write) a letter.
习题63:把过去单纯式改成过去进行式,并加上适当的副词或子句
示例:

They traveled in France. → They were traveling in France when the war broke out.

  1. He sat in the garden. →
  2. They walked home. →
  3. She ate her dinner. →
  4. The man left his home. →
  5. Mrs. Brown drank a cup of coffee. →
  6. Mr. Wood listened to the radio. →
  7. The teacher explained the grammar. →
  8. Mary spoke English. →
  9. We had supper. →
  10. They went to the movie. →
习题64:按照句子的意思,填入动词的过去单纯式或过去进行式
  1. The sun (shine) at two o’clock.
  2. The fire (still burn) at five o’clock this morning.
  3. He (rest) all the afternoon.
  4. I (go) to the movies last night.
  5. I (go) to the movies when you telephoned.
  6. The First World War (begin) in 1914 and (end) in 1918.
  7. He (sit) in the room when I (see) him.
  8. We (become) friends when we (be) students in the university.
  9. The boy (fall) down while he (run).
  10. When I (be) at school, I (learn) English.
  11. He (walk) across the bridge when his hat (blow) off.
  12. We (drink) coffee every day when we (be) in the United States.
  13. The boy (jump) off the train while it (move).
  14. The house (burn) fast, so we (break) a window to get out.
  15. When I (see) him, he (sing) and (smoke) a cigar at the same time.
  16. While he (get) off the street car, he (fall) and (cut) his face.
  17. I (speak) to her several times, but she (always read) and (not hear) me.
  18. He (think) of something else all the time you (talk) to him.
  19. I (open) the door just as he (ring) the bell.
  20. While she (write) a letter, the telephone (ring); as she (go) to answer it, she (hear) a knock at the door; the telephone (still ring) while she (walk) to the door, but just as she (open) it, it (stop).

4-7 过去完成式的用途:had + V-en(过去分词)

知识点讲解

核心定义:表示“过去的过去”——动作发生在另一个过去动作之前,或过去某一确定时间之前,用于明确过去动作的先后顺序。

核心特征

  1. 搭配“双重过去”时间副词(by nine o’clock last night, before yesterday, by the end of last year等);
  2. 与过去单纯式配合:先发生的动作(过去完成式),后发生的动作(过去单纯式);
  3. 过去分词变化:规则动词与过去式相同,不规则动词需记忆特殊形式。

关键场景:当两个过去动作有明确先后顺序时,必须用过去完成式表示“先发生的动作”;若顺序清晰(如用before/after引导),也可省略过去完成式,仅用过去单纯式。

(1)搭配双重过去时间副词 示例

  • By nine o’clock last night, I had finished my work.(到昨晚九点,我已经完成工作了——九点前完成)
  • He had left before yesterday.(他前天之前就离开了——前天前发生)
  • We had learned 1000 words by the end of last month.(到上月底,我们已经学了1000个单词——上月底前完成)

(2)与过去单纯式配合 示例

  • When I arrived, he had already left.(我到的时候,他已经走了——先离开,后到达)
  • She had studied English for 5 years before she went abroad.(她出国前已经学了5年英语——先学习,后出国)
  • I didn’t know who he was; I had never seen him before.(我不知道他是谁,我以前从没见过他——先没见过,后不知道)
过去的过去(先发生动作) → 过去(后发生动作)→ 现在

过去完成式:明确“过去动作的先后顺序”,表“先发生的过去动作”

参考:顺序清晰时的省略用法:
She studied English for 5 years before she went abroad.(= She had studied…——用before引导,顺序清晰,可省略过去完成式)
After he left, I arrived.(= After he had left…——用after引导,顺序清晰,可省略过去完成式)
习题65:把括号里面的动词改成过去完成式
  1. When I arrived at the station, the train (already leave).
  2. He (finish) his work before he went home.
  3. By the time we got there, the party (begin).
  4. She (not eat) anything since the morning, so she was very hungry.
  5. I (never see) such a beautiful place before I visited Guilin.
  6. They (live) in that house for 20 years before they moved to Beijing.
  7. By nine o’clock last night, I (write) three letters.
  8. He (learn) French for 3 years before he went to France.
  9. When the police arrived, the thief (escape).
  10. We (not hear) from him for a long time before he called us last week.
习题66:按照句子的意思,填入动词的过去单纯式或过去完成式
  1. After he (do) his homework, he (go) to bed.
  2. Before I (see) him, I (hear) a lot about him.
  3. When I (arrive) at the cinema, the film (already start).
  4. He (not know) that his friend (die) the day before.
  5. She (tell) me that she (visit) London twice.
  6. We (wait) for him for an hour before he (come).
  7. By the time the doctor (arrive), the patient (already die).
  8. He (say) that he (never meet) her before.
  9. I (find) the key which I (lose) the day before.
  10. They (build) the bridge last year; they (start) it in 2018.
习题67:用括号里的动词完成句子,必要时用过去完成式
  1. When I (get) to the station, the train (leave).
  2. He (not eat) for 24 hours, so he (be) very hungry.
  3. She (study) English for 5 years before she (go) to America.
  4. By the end of last year, we (learn) 2000 English words.
  5. I (not see) him for a long time, so I (not recognize) him at first.
  6. After they (finish) their dinner, they (go) for a walk.
  7. When I (ask) him about it, he (tell) me that he (forget) all about it.
  8. We (be) late because we (miss) the bus.
  9. He (apologize) because he (be) late.
  10. Before I (move) to this city, I (live) in a small town for 10 years.
第5章 情态助动词

第5章 情态助动词

核心知识点总览

本章聚焦英语情态助动词(Modal Auxiliaries)的用法,核心是掌握13个基础情态助动词(can/could, may/might, will/would, shall/should, must, ought to, need, dare)的语义功能、语法特征、否定/疑问形式及时态呼应规则。情态助动词的核心作用是表达“能力、许可、可能性、义务、意愿”等情态意义,无三单变化、后接动词原形、否定式直接加not,且需结合语境区分语义差异(如can表“能力”vs“许可”)。

5-1 情态助动词的语法特征

知识点讲解

情态助动词(简称“情态动词”)是一类特殊的助动词,具有以下6大语法特征,区别于普通动词和其他助动词:

  1. 无三单变化:主语为第三人称单数时,动词形式不变(如He can speak English. 不可说He cans…);
  2. 后接动词原形:情态动词后必须跟动词原形(V),不可接to do、V-ing或V-ed(如She may go. 不可说She may to go.);
  3. 否定式直接加not:否定形式为“情态动词 + not”,部分可缩写(如can not=can’t, will not=won’t);
  4. 疑问句直接提前:变疑问句时,情态动词直接提到主语前(如Can you swim? 不可说Do you can swim?);
  5. 无-ing/-ed形式:不能用于进行式或完成式(如不可说He is canning… 或 He has could…);
  6. 需借助have表完成:若要表达“过去的情态”,需用“情态动词 + have + 过去分词”(如She must have left. 她一定已经离开了)。

基础情态助动词列表及否定形式

语法特征示例

1. 无三单变化:He can sing.(√) He cans sing.(×)

2. 后接动词原形:She may come.(√) She may to come.(×)

3. 否定式:They can’t swim.(√) They don’t can swim.(×)

4. 疑问句:Will you help me?(√) Do you will help me?(×)

5. 完成式表达:He must have finished the work.(√) He has must finished…(×)

习题68:判断下列句子是否正确,正确的打“√”,错误的打“×”并改正
  1. She cans speak three languages.( )
  2. May I borrow your pen?( )
  3. He must to finish his homework first.( )
  4. Do you will go to the party tomorrow?( )
  5. They shouldn’t have told him the secret.( )
  6. She may not coming today.( )
  7. Need he go there right now?( )
  8. He is will visit his grandparents next week.( )
  9. We might have missed the train.( )
  10. Ought he to do it alone?( )

5-2 can与could的用法

知识点讲解

can(现在式)与could(过去式)是最常用的情态动词,核心语义为“能力、许可、可能性”,具体用法如下:

1. 表能力(最核心用法)

  • can:现在的能力(I can drive a car. 我会开车);
  • could:过去的能力(She could play the piano when she was 5. 她5岁时就会弹钢琴);
  • 注意:表“过去具体某次成功做到”,不用could,用was/were able to或managed to(He was able to pass the exam. 他成功通过了考试,不可说He could pass…)。

2. 表许可(口语常用)

  • can:现在的许可(Can I use your phone? 我能用一下你的电话吗?);
  • could:更委婉的许可(Could I ask you a question? 我能问你个问题吗?——比can更礼貌)。

3. 表可能性(否定/疑问更常用)

  • can:现在的客观可能性(It can rain here in winter. 这里冬天可能会下雨);
  • could:更低的可能性(He could be late. 他可能会迟到——可能性比can小);
  • 否定式:can’t表“不可能”(He can’t be here. 他不可能在这里)。
can与could用法对比示例

1. 能力:I can swim now.(现在会) / I couldn’t swim last year.(去年不会)

2. 许可:Can you open the window?(日常) / Could you open the window?(更礼貌)

3. 可能性:It can get cold at night.(客观可能) / It could get cold tonight.(今晚可能会,可能性低)

4. 过去具体成功:He tried hard and was able to finish the task.(√) / He could finish the task.(×)

习题69:用can或could填空(必要时用be able to)
  1. ______ you speak Japanese? No, I ______ not.
  2. She ______ play the violin when she was a child, but now she ______ not.
  3. After practicing for a month, he ______ ______ ______ run 5 kilometers.
  4. ______ I borrow your umbrella? It’s raining.
  5. It ______ be dangerous to walk alone at night.
  6. He ______ not finish the work yesterday, but he ______ finish it today.
  7. ______ you pass me the salt, please?
  8. My grandfather ______ ______ ______ climb mountains when he was 70.
  9. That ______ not be true. He is an honest man.
  10. When ______ we ______ see you again?

5-3 may与might的用法

知识点讲解

may与might的核心语义为“许可、可能性”,might的语气比may更委婉、可能性更低,具体用法如下:

1. 表许可(正式/礼貌场景)

  • may:现在的正式许可(May I come in? 我可以进来吗?——适用于对长辈、上级);
  • might:更委婉的许可(Might I use your computer? 我可以用一下你的电脑吗?——比may更客气);
  • 否定式:may not表“不允许”(You may not enter without permission. 未经允许不得入内)。

2. 表可能性(肯定句常用)

  • may:现在的可能性(He may be at home. 他可能在家);
  • might:更低的可能性(She might come tomorrow. 她明天可能会来——可能性比may小);
  • 过去可能性:may/might have + 过去分词(He may have missed the bus. 他可能没赶上公交车)。

3. 表祝愿(may专用)

  • may用于正式祝愿(May you be happy! 祝你幸福! / May he rest in peace. 愿他安息)。
may与might用法对比示例

1. 许可:May I ask a question?(对老师) / Might I ask a question?(更礼貌)

2. 可能性:She may come to the party.(50%可能性) / She might come.(30%可能性)

3. 过去可能性:They may have arrived already.(他们可能已经到了)

4. 祝愿:May your dreams come true!(祝你梦想成真)

习题70:用may或might填空
  1. ______ I use your dictionary? I need to look up a word.
  2. It ______ rain this afternoon, so take an umbrella.
  3. He ______ not be able to come. He has a meeting.
  4. ______ you have a long and happy life!
  5. She ______ have forgotten about the appointment. Let’s call her.
  6. ______ I smoke here? No, you ______ not.
  7. The exam ______ be easier than we thought.
  8. He ______ not like the gift. I’m not sure.
  9. They ______ have left early. The office is empty.
  10. ______ I borrow your bike for an hour?

5-4 will与would的用法

知识点讲解

will(现在式)与would(过去式)的核心语义为“意愿、预测、请求”,would比will更委婉,具体用法如下:

1. 表意愿(自愿做某事)

  • will:现在的意愿(I will help you. 我愿意帮你);
  • would:过去的意愿(She would always help others when she was alive. 她生前总是愿意帮助别人);
  • 否定式:won’t表“不愿意”(He won’t listen to me. 他不愿意听我的)。

2. 表预测(对未来的判断)

  • will:现在的预测(The sun will rise tomorrow. 太阳明天会升起——确定);
  • would:过去的预测(He said he would come. 他说他会来——间接引语中)。

3. 表请求/邀请(委婉语气)

  • will:日常请求(Will you pass the milk? 你能把牛奶递给我吗?);
  • would:更委婉的请求(Would you like to have dinner with me? 你愿意和我一起吃晚饭吗?——比will礼貌)。

4. 表习惯(would专用,过去反复动作)

  • would:过去的习惯性动作(When I was young, I would go fishing every weekend. 我年轻时,每个周末都会去钓鱼——相当于used to)。
will与would用法对比示例

1. 意愿:I will do my best.(现在愿意) / She would never lie.(过去愿意)

2. 预测:It will be sunny tomorrow.(现在预测) / He thought it would rain.(过去预测)

3. 请求:Will you help me?(日常) / Would you like a cup of tea?(委婉邀请)

4. 过去习惯:We would play football after school.(过去常做) / We used to play football.(同义)

习题71:用will或would填空
  1. ______ you please close the door? It’s cold outside.
  2. I ______ never forget the day we met.
  3. He said he ______ come to the party, but he didn’t.
  4. ______ you like to go to the cinema with me tonight?
  5. When I was a child, I ______ often visit my grandparents.
  6. She ______ not listen to anyone’s advice. It’s useless to talk to her.
  7. The train ______ arrive at 8 o’clock. Don’t worry.
  8. ______ you marry me? Yes, I ______.
  9. They ______ always go for a walk after dinner when they lived in Paris.
  10. I ______ help you with your homework if you need it.

5-5 shall与should的用法

知识点讲解

shall与should的核心语义为“义务、建议、预测”,shall用法较正式,should更常用,具体用法如下:

1. shall的用法(正式/法律/提议场景)

  • 第一人称(I/we)表提议(Shall we go for a walk? 我们去散步好吗?);
  • 第二/三人称(you/he/she/they)表义务或规定(The winner shall receive a prize. 获胜者将获得奖品——正式规定);
  • 注意:美式英语中shall较少用,提议常用will或should(Should we go? 我们该走了吗?)。

2. should的用法(最常用)

  • 表义务/责任(You should study hard. 你应该努力学习);
  • 表建议(He should see a doctor. 他应该去看医生);
  • 表预测(They should arrive soon. 他们应该很快就到了——基于逻辑判断);
  • 过去式:should have + 过去分词(表“本应该做但没做”,You should have studied for the exam. 你本应该为考试复习的——但没复习)。
shall与should用法示例

1. shall提议:Shall we start the meeting?(我们开始开会好吗?——英式常用)

2. shall规定:The contract shall take effect on January 1st.(合同将于1月1日生效)

3. should义务:We should respect our parents.(我们应该尊重父母)

4. should建议:You should eat more vegetables.(你应该多吃蔬菜)

5. 过去本应该:She should have called me.(她本应该给我打电话的——但没打)

习题72:用shall或should填空
  1. ______ we go to the park this weekend?
  2. You ______ not smoke in public places. It’s against the law.
  3. He ______ have told me the truth. I’m very angry with him.
  4. ______ the students wear uniforms to school? Yes, it’s a school rule.
  5. She ______ study harder if she wants to pass the exam.
  6. ______ I help you carry the bags?
  7. They ______ arrive at 6 o’clock. The train is on time.
  8. You ______ not drink too much alcohol. It’s bad for your health.
  9. The company ______ provide training for new employees.
  10. ______ we order some food? I’m hungry.

5-6 must与ought to的用法

知识点讲解

must与ought to均表“义务、必要性”,must的语气比ought to更强(近乎命令),具体用法如下:

1. must的用法

  • 表义务/必须(You must finish this work today. 你今天必须完成这项工作——语气强硬);
  • 表推测(肯定句,极高可能性,He must be at work. 他一定在上班——基于事实判断);
  • 否定式:mustn’t表“禁止”(You mustn’t park here. 这里禁止停车——不可说You must not to park…);
  • 过去式:must have + 过去分词(表“过去一定做了某事”,He must have forgotten. 他一定是忘了)。

2. ought to的用法

  • 表义务/应该(You ought to help your parents. 你应该帮助父母——语气比must弱,相当于should);
  • 表推测(较高可能性,They ought to be here soon. 他们应该很快就到了——与should接近);
  • 否定式:ought not to(oughtn’t to)(You oughtn’t to lie. 你不应该撒谎);
  • 过去式:ought to have + 过去分词(表“本应该做但没做”,She ought to have studied harder. 她本应该更努力学习的)。

3. must与have to的区别

  • must:主观义务(I must study. 我必须学习——自己认为需要);
  • have to:客观义务(I have to study. 我不得不学习——因为考试等外部原因);
  • 过去式:must无过去式,客观义务用had to(I had to study last night. 我昨晚不得不学习)。
must与ought to用法对比示例

1. 义务:You must obey the rules.(必须遵守,强硬) / You ought to obey the rules.(应该遵守,温和)

2. 推测:He must be tired.(一定累了,极高可能性) / He ought to be tired.(应该累了,较高可能性)

3. 禁止:You mustn’t touch it.(禁止触摸) / You oughtn’t to touch it.(不应该触摸)

4. 过去本应该:They ought to have arrived by now.(他们现在应该已经到了)

5. 主观vs客观:I must go now.(我得走了,主观) / I have to go now.(我不得不走了,客观)

习题73:用must, ought to或have to填空(必要时用had to)
  1. You ______ not talk loudly in the library. It’s rude.
  2. She ______ finish the report today. The deadline is tomorrow.
  3. I ______ go to the bank yesterday. I needed to withdraw money.
  4. They ______ be at home. Their lights are on.
  5. You ______ to visit your grandparents more often. They miss you.
  6. He ______ not drive so fast. It’s dangerous.
  7. We ______ wait for the bus. There’s no other way to get there.
  8. She ______ have called me. I was worried about her.
  9. You ______ wear a seatbelt when you drive. It’s the law.
  10. I ______ study hard for the exam. I want to get a good grade.

5-7 need与dare的用法

知识点讲解

need与dare既是情态动词,也可作实义动词,用法不同,需重点区分:

1. 作情态动词(常用否定/疑问)

  • need:表“需要”(Need I go now? 我现在需要走吗? / You needn’t worry. 你不必担心);
  • dare:表“敢”(Dare he speak in public? 他敢在公共场合说话吗? / She daren’t refuse. 她不敢拒绝);
  • 特征:无三单变化、后接动词原形、否定式直接加not。

2. 作实义动词(更常用)

  • need:表“需要”(主语为人/物均可),后接to do(He needs to study. 他需要学习)或doing(The room needs cleaning. 房间需要打扫——主动形式表被动);
  • dare:表“敢”(主语为人),后接to do(She dares to climb the mountain. 她敢爬山),有三单变化(dares)、过去式(dared);
  • 否定式:don’t/doesn’t/didn’t + need/dare + to do(He doesn’t need to go. 他不需要走 / She didn’t dare to go. 她不敢走)。
need与dare的情态/实义动词用法对比

1. need情态:Need we hurry?(我们需要快点吗?) / We needn’t hurry.(我们不必快点)

2. need实义:He needs to hurry.(他需要快点) / The car needs repairing.(车需要修理)

3. dare情态:Dare she go alone?(她敢一个人去吗?) / She daren’t go alone.(她不敢)

4. dare实义:She dares to go alone.(她敢一个人去) / He didn’t dare to speak.(他不敢说话)

习题74:用need或dare的适当形式填空(情态或实义动词)
  1. ______ I finish this work today? No, you ______ not.
  2. He ______ to finish the work before 5 o’clock.
  3. She ______ not tell him the truth. He will be angry.
  4. The garden ______ watering. It’s dry.
  5. ______ he ______ to jump over the fence? Yes, he does.
  6. You ______ not worry about me. I’m fine.
  7. They ______ not ______ to oppose the plan. It’s too risky.
  8. This shirt ______ to be washed.
  9. ______ you ______ to ask her out? No, I don’t.
  10. We ______ not hurry. We have plenty of time.

5-8 情态助动词的时态呼应

知识点讲解

情态助动词的“时态呼应”指主句为过去式时,从句中的情态动词需相应变为过去式(若语义允许),核心规则如下:

  1. 主句过去式,从句表“过去的情态”:can→could, may→might, will→would, shall→should;
  2. 例外:must无过去式,表“过去必须”用had to;表“过去一定”仍用must have + 过去分词;
  3. 语义不变时可不变:若从句情态动词表“客观真理、当前许可”,时态可不变(He said that the earth is round. 他说地球是圆的——客观真理,is不变)。
时态呼应示例

1. 直接引语→间接引语(时态呼应):

She said, “I can swim.” → She said that she could swim.(can→could)

He said, “I will help you.” → He said that he would help you.(will→would)

They said, “We must finish today.” → They said that they had to finish that day.(must→had to)

2. 客观真理不变:

The teacher said, “Light travels faster than sound.” → The teacher said that light travels faster than sound.(travels不变)

习题75:将直接引语改为间接引语,注意情态助动词的时态呼应
  1. He said, “I can speak French.” → He said that ______ ______ speak French.
  2. She said, “I may go to the party.” → She said that ______ ______ go to the party.
  3. They said, “We will finish the work tomorrow.” → They said that ______ ______ finish the work ______ ______.
  4. The teacher said, “You should study hard.” → The teacher said that ______ ______ study hard.
  5. He said, “I must go now.” → He said that ______ ______ ______ go ______.
  6. She said, “I dare not do it.” → She said that ______ ______ not do it.
  7. They said, “We needn’t hurry.” → They said that ______ ______ not hurry.
  8. He said, “I will help you.” → He said that ______ ______ help ______.
  9. She said, “May I use your phone?” → She asked if ______ ______ use ______ phone.
  10. The doctor said, “You ought to rest.” → The doctor said that ______ ______ to rest.

5-9 情态助动词的常见易错点

知识点讲解

情态助动词的易错点集中在“语义混淆”和“语法错误”,核心避坑点如下:

  1. can表“能力”vs be able to:过去具体成功用be able to,不用could;
  2. must表“必须”vs have to:主观用must,客观用have to,过去式用had to;
  3. may/might表“可能性”:肯定句用may/might,否定/疑问用can/could;
  4. should have done vs must have done:should have done表“本应该”,must have done表“一定做了”;
  5. need/dare的情态vs实义:情态动词后接原形,实义动词后接to do(dare)或to do/doing(need)。
易错点对比示例

1. 过去具体成功:He was able to pass the exam.(√) / He could pass the exam.(×)

2. 主观vs客观:I must study.(我觉得必须) / I have to study.(不得不)

3. 可能性否定:He can’t be here.(√) / He may not be here.(√,但可能性更低)

4. should have done:You should have called me.(本应该打电话)

5. must have done:You must have called me.(一定打电话了)

习题76:选择正确的情态助动词填空
  1. He ______ (can / was able to) finish the task in time, although it was difficult.
  2. You ______ (must / have to) wear a helmet when you ride a bike. It’s the law.
  3. ______ (May / Can) he be at home? I’m not sure.
  4. She ______ (should have / must have) forgotten the meeting. She’s usually on time.
  5. He ______ (dare not / doesn’t dare to) speak in front of a large audience.
  6. The room ______ (needs to clean / needs cleaning). It’s very dirty.
  7. You ______ (mustn’t / needn’t) smoke here. It’s a non-smoking area.
  8. They ______ (may / can) have missed the train. Let’s call them.
  9. I ______ (must / had to) go to bed early last night because I was tired.
  10. ______ (Need / Do you need to) I help you with your luggage?
习题77:改正下列句子中的错误
  1. He can to play the guitar very well.( )
  2. You mustn’t to be late for the meeting.( )
  3. She may have not finished the work.( )
  4. We should have went to the cinema yesterday.( )
  5. He doesn’t dare speak to her.( )
  6. The car needs to be repair.( )
  7. May you have a happy new year!( )
  8. He must to have left early.( )
  9. Could you to pass me the salt?( )
  10. She can be able to solve the problem.( )
第6章 被动语态

第6章 被动语态

核心知识点总览

本章聚焦英语被动语态(Passive Voice)的构成、用法及转换规则。被动语态的核心是“动作承受者作主语”,强调动作的承受者而非执行者,由“助动词be + 过去分词(V-en)”构成。本章需掌握:12种时变式的被动结构、主动语态与被动语态的转换规则、特殊句型(双宾语、宾语补语)的被动转换、被动语态的适用场景及禁忌,同时区分“be + 过去分词”表被动与表状态的差异。

6-1 被动语态的构成

知识点讲解

被动语态的基本结构为:\( 主语(动作承受者) + be + 过去分词(V-en) + (by + 动作执行者) \)

  • 核心变化:助动词be随“时式”和“人称”变化(am/is/are/was/were/have been/had been等),过去分词(V-en)形式固定;
  • 动作执行者:由by引出,若执行者未知、不重要或显而易见,可省略(The window was broken. 窗户被打破了——省略执行者);
  • 关键前提:只有及物动词(能接宾语的动词)才有被动语态,不及物动词(如sleep, walk)无被动语态(不可说He was slept.)。

12种核心时变式的被动语态结构表

时变式类型 主动语态结构 被动语态结构 示例(主动→被动)
现在单纯式 Subj + V/V-s + Obj Subj(Obj) + am/is/are + V-en + (by + 原Subj) People speak English. → English is spoken by people.
现在进行式 Subj + am/is/are + V-ing + Obj Subj(Obj) + am/is/are + being + V-en + (by + 原Subj) They are building a bridge. → A bridge is being built by them.
现在完成式 Subj + have/has + V-en + Obj Subj(Obj) + have/has + been + V-en + (by + 原Subj) He has finished the work. → The work has been finished by him.
过去单纯式 Subj + V-ed + Obj Subj(Obj) + was/were + V-en + (by + 原Subj) She wrote a letter. → A letter was written by her.
过去进行式 Subj + was/were + V-ing + Obj Subj(Obj) + was/were + being + V-en + (by + 原Subj) We were discussing the plan. → The plan was being discussed by us.
过去完成式 Subj + had + V-en + Obj Subj(Obj) + had + been + V-en + (by + 原Subj) They had solved the problem. → The problem had been solved by them.
未来单纯式 Subj + will/shall + V + Obj Subj(Obj) + will/shall + be + V-en + (by + 原Subj) He will plant trees. → Trees will be planted by him.
未来进行式 Subj + will/shall + be + V-ing + Obj Subj(Obj) + will/shall + be + being + V-en + (by + 原Subj) They will be making a decision. → A decision will be being made by them.
未来完成式 Subj + will/shall + have + V-en + Obj Subj(Obj) + will/shall + have + been + V-en + (by + 原Subj) She will have finished the task. → The task will have been finished by her.
情态动词(现在) Subj + can/may/must + V + Obj Subj(Obj) + can/may/must + be + V-en + (by + 原Subj) We can solve the problem. → The problem can be solved by us.
情态动词(过去) Subj + can/may/must + have + V-en + Obj Subj(Obj) + can/may/must + have + been + V-en + (by + 原Subj) He must have done the work. → The work must have been done by him.
不定式 to + V + Obj to + be + V-en + (by + 执行者) We need to do it. → It needs to be done (by us).
被动语态构成关键示例

1. 现在单纯式:The letter is sent every day.(信每天都被寄出)

2. 现在进行式:The house is being painted now.(房子现在正在被粉刷)

3. 现在完成式:The rules have been changed.(规则已经被修改)

4. 过去单纯式:The book was written in 2020.(这本书写于2020年)

5. 情态动词:The job must be finished on time.(这项工作必须按时完成)

习题78:写出下列动词的过去分词形式
  1. write →
  2. speak →
  3. build →
  4. finish →
  5. solve →
  6. plant →
  7. make →
  8. do →
  9. send →
  10. paint →
习题79:将下列主动语态句子改为被动语态
  1. People use computers in many fields. →
  2. She is teaching the children English. →
  3. They have built a new hospital in the city. →
  4. He wrote the novel last year. →
  5. We were repairing the road at that time. →
  6. They had completed the project before the deadline. →
  7. She will type the report tomorrow. →
  8. We must obey the rules. →
  9. Everyone should respect the elderly. →
  10. They need to improve the system. →

6-2 主动语态与被动语态的转换规则

知识点讲解

主动语态转换为被动语态需遵循“四步法则”,核心是“主语、宾语互换,动词变为‘be + 过去分词’”,具体步骤如下:

  1. 找宾语:将主动句中的宾语(动作承受者)改为被动句的主语;
  2. 变动词:将主动句的谓语动词改为“be + 过去分词”,be的形式与被动句主语的人称、数及时式一致;
  3. 加by短语:将主动句的主语(动作执行者)改为by的宾语,若执行者未知、不重要或上下文明确,可省略;
  4. 调语序:其他成分(如状语)位置不变,保持句意完整。

关键注意事项

  • 宾语为代词时,需改为相应主格(He helped me. → I was helped by him.);
  • 含双宾语(间接宾语+直接宾语)的句子,可将任一宾语改为被动主语(He gave her a book. → She was given a book by him. 或 A book was given to her by him.);
  • 含宾语补语的句子,宾语补语直接成为被动句的主语补语(We call him Tom. → He is called Tom by us.)。
转换规则示例

1. 普通及物动词(单宾语):

主动:The teacher corrected the papers.(宾语:the papers)

被动:The papers were corrected by the teacher.(主语:the papers;be动词:were;过去分词:corrected)

2. 双宾语动词(间接宾语+直接宾语):

主动:My father bought me a new bike.(间接宾语:me;直接宾语:a new bike)

被动1(间接宾语作主语):I was bought a new bike by my father.

被动2(直接宾语作主语):A new bike was bought for me by my father.(需加介词for)

3. 含宾语补语的动词:

主动:They elected him president.(宾语补语:president)

被动:He was elected president by them.(主语补语:president)

习题80:将下列含双宾语的主动句改为两种被动句
  1. She sent me an email. → ① ______ ② ______
  2. The company offered him a good job. → ① ______ ② ______
  3. My mother made me a cake. → ① ______ ② ______
  4. The teacher taught us a new lesson. → ① ______ ② ______
  5. He lent his friend some money. → ① ______ ② ______
习题81:将下列含宾语补语的主动句改为被动句
  1. We keep the room clean. →
  2. They consider him a hero. →
  3. The boss made the workers work overtime. →
  4. We found the story interesting. →
  5. They appointed her manager of the department. →

6-3 被动语态的适用场景

知识点讲解

被动语态的核心作用是“突出动作承受者”或“弱化动作执行者”,以下场景优先使用被动语态:

  1. 动作执行者未知(不知道谁做的):The window was broken last night.(窗户昨晚被打破了——不知道谁打破的);
  2. 动作执行者不重要(重点在承受者):This book was published in 1990.(这本书1990年出版——重点在书,不在出版商);
  3. 动作执行者显而易见(上下文明确):The letter was posted this morning.(信今早寄出去了——执行者是“寄信人”,无需说明);
  4. 强调动作承受者(需突出主语):Einstein is known for his theory of relativity.(爱因斯坦因相对论闻名——强调爱因斯坦);
  5. 正式文体(科技、法律、新闻等):The data are analyzed using statistical methods.(数据采用统计方法分析——正式书面语)。
适用场景示例

1. 执行者未知:A lot of money was stolen from the bank.(银行失窃了很多钱——不知道小偷是谁)

2. 执行者不重要:The bridge was completed last month.(桥上个月完工了——重点在桥的完工,不在施工队)

3. 强调承受者:The prize was won by a 10-year-old girl.(奖项由一个10岁女孩获得——强调女孩)

4. 正式文体:The law was passed by the government.(该法律由政府通过——法律文件)

习题82:根据场景选择主动或被动语态填空
  1. Many people ______ (visit) the museum every year.(主动/被动)
  2. The museum ______ (visit) by many people every year.(主动/被动)
  3. Someone ______ (steal) my wallet yesterday.(主动/被动)
  4. My wallet ______ (steal) yesterday.(主动/被动)
  5. Scientists ______ (develop) a new drug for cancer.(主动/被动)
  6. A new drug for cancer ______ (develop) by scientists.(主动/被动)
  7. They ______ (build) a new school in our town.(主动/被动)
  8. A new school ______ (build) in our town.(主动/被动)
  9. People ______ (speak) Chinese all over the world.(主动/被动)
  10. Chinese ______ (speak) by people all over the world.(主动/被动)

6-4 被动语态的禁忌与特殊情况

知识点讲解

以下情况不可使用被动语态,或需特殊处理:

  1. 不及物动词无被动语态:如sleep, walk, happen, occur等(不可说He was slept. 应说He slept.);
  2. 系动词无被动语态:如be, become, seem, look等(不可说She was seemed happy. 应说She seemed happy.);
  3. 表“拥有”的动词无被动语态:如have, own, possess等(不可说The book was had by him. 应说He had the book.);
  4. “be + 过去分词”表状态而非被动:如The door is closed.(门是关着的——状态),区别于The door was closed by him.(门被他关上了——被动);
  5. 动名词的被动:“being + 过去分词”(He avoided being punished. 他避免了被惩罚);
  6. 不定式的被动:“to be + 过去分词”(She wants to be invited. 她希望被邀请)。
禁忌与特殊情况示例

1. 不及物动词:The accident happened last night.(事故昨晚发生了——不可说The accident was happened…)

2. 系动词:The food tastes delicious.(食物尝起来很美味——不可说The food was tasted…)

3. 表拥有:He owns a big house.(他拥有一栋大房子——不可说A big house was owned by him. 虽语法正确,但不自然)

4. 状态vs被动:The window is broken.(窗户是破的——状态) / The window was broken by a stone.(窗户被石头打破了——被动)

5. 动名词被动:She hates being interrupted.(她讨厌被打断)

6. 不定式被动:The work needs to be done.(这项工作需要被完成)

习题83:判断下列句子是否正确,正确的打“√”,错误的打“×”并改正
  1. The meeting was happened at 9 o’clock.( )
  2. She was seemed very happy.( )
  3. He was had a good time at the party.( )
  4. The book is written by Lu Xun.( )
  5. The door is closed by him.( )
  6. She avoided to be criticized.( )
  7. The task needs to be finished on time.( )
  8. The sun is risen in the east.( )
  9. He was died in 2020.( )
  10. English is spoken all over the world.( )

6-5 被动语态与主动语态的对比选择

知识点讲解

主动语态与被动语态的核心区别在于“主语焦点”:主动语态焦点在“谁做”,被动语态焦点在“被做什么”,选择时需遵循以下原则:

  • 若想突出执行者、动作更自然流畅,用主动语态(日常交流优先);
  • 若想突出承受者、执行者未知/不重要,或正式文体,用被动语态;
  • 避免过度使用被动语态,否则会使句子冗长、生硬(如日常对话中不说“The meal was eaten by me.”,而说“I ate the meal.”)。
对比选择示例

1. 日常交流(主动更自然):

主动:I made a mistake.(我犯了一个错误——自然)

被动:A mistake was made by me.(一个错误被我犯了——生硬)

2. 正式报告(被动更合适):

主动:We conducted the experiment in the lab.(我们在实验室做了实验)

被动:The experiment was conducted in the lab.(实验在实验室进行——突出实验,正式)

3. 执行者未知(被动必要):

主动:Someone stole my bag.(有人偷了我的包)

被动:My bag was stolen.(我的包被偷了——更简洁,焦点在包)

习题84:根据语境选择主动或被动语态完成句子
  1. ______ (They / The letter) sent the letter yesterday.(日常交流,突出执行者)
  2. ______ (The letter / They) was sent yesterday.(强调信件,执行者不重要)
  3. ______ (We / The data) analyzed the data carefully.(学术报告,突出研究过程)
  4. ______ (The data / We) were analyzed carefully.(学术报告,突出数据结果)
  5. ______ (Someone / My phone) stole my phone on the bus.(执行者未知,简洁表达)
  6. ______ (My phone / Someone) was stolen on the bus.(执行者未知,突出手机)
  7. ______ (She / The cake) baked a delicious cake for the party.(日常交流,突出动作)
  8. ______ (The cake / She) was baked by her for the party.(强调蛋糕,突出制作者)
  9. ______ (The government / The new policy) introduced the new policy last year.(新闻报道,突出政府行为)
  10. ______ (The new policy / The government) was introduced last year.(新闻报道,突出政策)
习题85:将下列短文改为被动语态为主的正式报告文体

We conducted a survey among 500 college students last month. We asked the students about their study habits and daily routines. We collected the data through online questionnaires. We analyzed the data using SPSS software. We found that 60% of the students study for more than 4 hours a day. We also found that most students prefer to study in the library. We will publish the full results in next month’s journal.

改写:

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

习题86:翻译下列句子,根据语境选择主动或被动语态
  1. 这本书被翻译成了多种语言。
  2. 有人在公园发现了一只受伤的鸟。
  3. 我们应该尊重每个人的意见。
  4. 这座桥建于1998年。
  5. 他们正在修理道路,所以交通很拥堵。
  6. 这个问题必须立即解决。
  7. 他的祖父于2010年去世。
  8. 全世界都在使用互联网。
  9. 老师给我们布置了很多作业。
  10. 据说他是一位著名的科学家。
第7章 假设法

第7章 假设法

核心知识点总览

本章聚焦英语假设法(Subjunctive Mood)的用法,核心是表达“与事实相反的假设”或“不确定的推测”。假设法主要分为三大类:现在假设(与现在事实相反)、过去假设(与过去事实相反)、未来假设(与未来事实可能相反或可能性低),核心变化集中在“if从句的动词形式”和“主句的情态动词+动词形式”。此外,还需掌握特殊假设句型(如wish从句、as if/though从句、表示建议/要求的that从句)的用法,关键是记住不同场景下的动词变形规则,避免与真实条件句混淆。

7-1 假设法的定义与核心特征

知识点讲解

定义:假设法是一种动词语气(Mood),用于表达“非真实的情况”——包括与事实相反的假设、不太可能实现的愿望、委婉的建议或要求等,区别于陈述语气(表达真实事实)和祈使语气(表达命令/请求)。

核心特征

  1. 时态“倒退”:假设句中,动词时态比真实时间“晚一步”(现在假设用过去式,过去假设用过去完成式);
  2. 情态动词固定:主句常用情态动词would, could, might, should,后接动词原形;
  3. 从句引导词:常用if(如果)、as if/though(好像)、wish(希望)、lest(以免)等;
  4. 虚拟条件句=if从句(假设条件)+ 主句(假设结果),两者时态需呼应。
假设法与陈述语气对比

1. 陈述语气(真实情况):If it rains, we will stay at home.(如果下雨,我们就待在家里——可能下雨)

2. 假设法(与现在事实相反):If it rained, we would stay at home.(如果下雨,我们就待在家里——实际没下雨)

3. 陈述语气(真实过去):If he studied hard, he passed the exam.(如果他努力学习,他就通过了考试——真实发生)

4. 假设法(与过去事实相反):If he had studied hard, he would have passed the exam.(如果他努力学习,他就通过考试了——实际没努力,没通过)

习题87:判断下列句子是陈述语气(真实)还是假设法(非真实),并标注理由
  1. If I have time, I will visit you.( )
  2. If I had time, I would visit you.( )
  3. She wishes she could fly.( )
  4. He studies hard so that he can pass the exam.( )
  5. If she had known the truth, she would not have made that mistake.( )
  6. As if he were a stranger.( )
  7. If you heat water, it boils.( )
  8. I suggest that he be present at the meeting.( )
  9. If they come tomorrow, we will have a party.( )
  10. If they came tomorrow, we would have a party.( )

7-2 三大类假设法核心结构(if条件句)

知识点讲解

假设法if条件句根据“假设的时间”分为三大类,核心是“从句时态倒退,主句情态动词+对应动词形式”,具体结构如下表:

假设类型 假设时间 if从句动词形式 主句动词形式 核心含义 示例
第一类:现在假设 与现在事实相反 过去式(V-ed);be动词统一用were(不分人称) would/could/might/should + 动词原形(V) 假设当前存在某种条件,实际不存在 If I were you, I would accept the offer.(如果我是你,我会接受这个offer——我不是你)
第二类:过去假设 与过去事实相反 过去完成式(had + V-en) would/could/might/should + have + V-en 假设过去发生某种情况,实际未发生 If she had studied, she would have passed the exam.(如果她学习了,就通过考试了——实际没学,没通过)
第三类:未来假设 与未来事实可能相反或可能性极低 should + V / were to + V / 过去式(V-ed) would/could/might/should + V 假设未来发生某种不太可能的情况 If it should rain tomorrow, we would cancel the trip.(如果明天下雨,我们就取消旅行——可能性低)

关键注意事项

  • be动词的特殊性:现在假设的if从句中,所有人称的be动词均用were(不用was),如If he were here…(正确),If he was here…(错误,口语中偶尔出现但不规范);
  • 情态动词的选择:would表“会”,could表“能够”,might表“可能”,should表“应该”,根据语义选择;
  • 省略if的倒装:当if从句含were, had, should时,可省略if,将这三个词提到句首(倒装),如Were I you…(=If I were you…),Had she known…(=If she had known…)。
三大类假设法详细示例

1. 现在假设(与现在事实相反):

If I had more money, I would buy a car.(如果我有更多钱,我会买辆车——实际钱不够)

If she were taller, she could be a model.(如果她再高一点,就能当模特了——实际不够高)

2. 过去假设(与过去事实相反):

If we had left earlier, we would not have missed the train.(如果我们早点出发,就不会错过火车了——实际出发晚了)

If he had not been ill, he might have come.(如果他没生病,可能就来了——实际生病了)

3. 未来假设(可能性低):

If he should call, tell him I’m busy.(如果他打电话来,告诉他我很忙——可能性低)

If the sun were to rise in the west, I would believe you.(如果太阳从西边出来,我就相信你——几乎不可能)

4. 省略if的倒装:

Were it not for your help, I would not succeed.(=If it were not for your help… 没有你的帮助,我不会成功)

Had they arrived on time, they would have seen the show.(=If they had arrived on time… 如果他们准时到,就能看到演出了)

习题88:根据括号内的提示,用正确的假设法形式填空
  1. If I ______ (have) time, I ______ (go) to the party with you.(与现在事实相反:我没时间)
  2. If she ______ (be) here, she ______ (help) us.(与现在事实相反:她不在)
  3. If we ______ (study) harder, we ______ (pass) the exam.(与过去事实相反:没努力,没通过)
  4. If he ______ (not miss) the bus, he ______ (not be) late.(与过去事实相反:错过了公交车,迟到了)
  5. If it ______ (rain) tomorrow, we ______ (cancel) the picnic.(未来假设:可能性低)
  6. If I ______ (know) the answer, I ______ (tell) you.(与过去事实相反:当时不知道)
  7. ______ (be) I you, I ______ (not do) that.(省略if倒装,与现在事实相反)
  8. ______ (have) he known the truth, he ______ (act) differently.(省略if倒装,与过去事实相反)
  9. If the plan ______ (succeed), we ______ (achieve) our goal.(未来假设:可能性低)
  10. If she ______ (practice) more, she ______ (play) the piano better.(与现在事实相反:不常练习)
习题89:将下列真实句子改为对应的假设法句子(与事实相反)
  1. He is not rich, so he can’t buy a big house. → If he were rich, ______
  2. She didn’t study, so she failed the exam. → If she had studied, ______
  3. I don’t have a car, so I can’t drive you to the airport. → If I had a car, ______
  4. They missed the train, so they were late for the meeting. → If they had not missed the train, ______
  5. It may not rain tomorrow, so we will have a picnic. → If it rained tomorrow, ______
  6. He is busy, so he can’t help us. → If he were not busy, ______
  7. She didn’t see the email, so she didn’t reply. → If she had seen the email, ______
  8. I can’t speak French, so I can’t talk to the French tourists. → If I could speak French, ______
  9. They don’t have enough money, so they can’t travel abroad. → If they had enough money, ______
  10. He didn’t take the medicine, so he didn’t get better. → If he had taken the medicine, ______

7-3 特殊假设句型(wish从句)

知识点讲解

wish(希望)引导的宾语从句常用假设法,表达“无法实现的愿望”,动词形式根据“愿望的时间”变化,与if条件句的时态规则一致:

  1. 愿望针对现在:从句用过去式(be动词用were),表“希望现在与事实不同”;
  2. 愿望针对过去:从句用过去完成式(had + V-en),表“希望过去发生的事情不一样”;
  3. 愿望针对未来:从句用would/could + V,表“希望未来发生不太可能的事情”。

注意:wish从句不可用should + V,需与表示“建议”的suggest从句区分。

wish从句假设法示例

1. 愿望针对现在:I wish I were young again.(我希望自己能再年轻一次——现在不年轻)

2. 愿望针对现在:She wishes she had more free time.(她希望有更多空闲时间——现在没时间)

3. 愿望针对过去:I wish I had not said that.(我希望自己没说过那句话——过去说了)

4. 愿望针对过去:He wishes he had studied abroad.(他希望自己出国留学过——过去没去)

5. 愿望针对未来:I wish it would stop raining.(我希望雨能停——现在还在下雨,未来可能不停)

6. 愿望针对未来:She wishes she could visit Paris.(她希望能去巴黎——未来可能性低)

习题90:用wish从句表达下列愿望,注意动词形式
  1. 我希望我现在在上海。(实际不在)→ I wish ______
  2. 她希望自己会弹钢琴。(实际不会)→ She wishes ______
  3. 他希望昨天没迟到。(实际迟到了)→ He wishes ______
  4. 我们希望能有更多假期。(实际假期少)→ We wish ______
  5. 我希望你能来参加我的生日派对。(实际可能不来)→ I wish ______
  6. 她希望自己没买那件衣服。(实际买了)→ She wishes ______
  7. 他希望天气能变好。(实际天气不好)→ He wishes ______
  8. 我希望我知道答案。(实际不知道)→ I wish ______
  9. 他们希望去年去了北京。(实际没去)→ They wish ______
  10. 她希望能说流利的英语。(实际不流利)→ She wishes ______

7-4 特殊假设句型(as if/though从句)

知识点讲解

as if(好像)/ as though(仿佛)引导的状语从句常用假设法,表达“与事实不符的表象”,动词形式与wish从句一致:

  1. 从句内容与现在事实相反:用过去式(be动词用were);
  2. 从句内容与过去事实相反:用过去完成式(had + V-en);
  3. 从句内容可能真实:用陈述语气(动词时态与主句一致)。

关键:根据语境判断“是否与事实相反”,若描述真实情况,无需用假设法。

as if/though从句示例

1. 与现在事实相反:He talks as if he knew everything.(他说话好像什么都知道——实际不知道)

2. 与现在事实相反:She looks as if she were tired.(她看起来好像很累——实际可能不累)

3. 与过去事实相反:He acts as if he had never made a mistake.(他表现得好像从没犯过错误——实际犯过)

4. 可能真实(陈述语气):It looks as if it is going to rain.(看起来好像要下雨了——可能真的会下雨)

5. 可能真实(陈述语气):She seems as if she likes the gift.(她看起来好像喜欢这个礼物——可能真的喜欢)

习题91:用as if/though从句完成下列句子,选择正确的动词形式
  1. He talks as if he ______ (be) the boss.(实际不是)
  2. She walks as if she ______ (hurt) her leg.(实际没受伤)
  3. It seems as if it ______ (rain) soon.(可能真实)
  4. He acts as if he ______ (know) the secret.(实际不知道)
  5. She looks as if she ______ (not sleep) well last night.(实际没睡好)
  6. They behave as if they ______ (win) the game.(实际没赢)
  7. It feels as if we ______ (be) in a dream.(实际不是)
  8. He speaks English as if he ______ (study) it for years.(实际刚学)
  9. She smiles as if she ______ (hear) a funny joke.(可能真实)
  10. He acts as if he ______ (never see) her before.(实际见过)

7-5 特殊假设句型(表示建议/要求/命令的that从句)

知识点讲解

表示“建议、要求、命令、愿望、必要性”的动词或形容词后接that从句时,从句常用“虚拟语气”(属于假设法的一种),结构为“(should) + 动词原形”,should可省略:

1. 常用动词(后接that从句):

  • 建议:suggest, propose, advise, recommend;
  • 要求:require, request, demand, ask;
  • 命令:order, command, instruct;
  • 愿望:desire, wish(表正式愿望);
  • 必要性:insist(坚持认为), urge(极力主张)。

2. 常用形容词(后接that从句,需用it作形式主语):

  • important, necessary, essential, vital, urgent, natural, strange, advisable等。

关键:从句动词必须用原形(或should + 原形),不可用其他时态;否定式为“(should) not + 原形”。

建议/要求类that从句示例

1. 动词+that从句:

He suggested that we (should) start early.(他建议我们早点出发——should可省略)

The boss ordered that the work (should) be finished by Friday.(老板命令周五前完成工作)

She requested that he (should) not smoke in the room.(她要求他不要在房间里抽烟)

2. 形容词+it is + that从句:

It is important that we (should) learn English well.(学好英语很重要)

It is necessary that he (should) attend the meeting.(他有必要参加会议)

It is strange that she (should) say that.(她竟然那么说,真奇怪)

习题92:用括号内动词的正确形式填空(that从句用假设法)
  1. The teacher suggested that we ______ (review) our lessons regularly.(建议)
  2. It is necessary that he ______ (finish) the work on time.(必要)
  3. The doctor advised that she ______ (not eat) too much sugar.(建议)
  4. He ordered that the door ______ (lock) immediately.(命令)
  5. It is important that we ______ (protect) the environment.(重要)
  6. She requested that we ______ (keep) quiet during the meeting.(要求)
  7. It is strange that he ______ (be) late again.(奇怪)
  8. The committee proposed that the plan ______ (discuss) further.(提议)
  9. It is urgent that we ______ (take) action at once.(紧急)
  10. He insisted that we ______ (accept) his invitation.(坚持要求)

7-6 假设法的常见易错点

知识点讲解

假设法的易错点集中在“时态呼应”和“特殊句型的动词形式”,核心避坑点如下:

  1. 现在假设的be动词:所有人称必须用were,不可用was(If I were you. 正确,If I was you. 错误);
  2. 过去假设的时态:从句必须用had + V-en,主句用would have + V-en,不可混淆为“if从句用过去式,主句用would + V”;
  3. wish从句vs suggest从句:wish从句用过去式/过去完成式,suggest从句用(should) + 原形,不可混用;
  4. as if从句的真实与非真实:若描述真实情况,用陈述语气,无需用假设法;
  5. 省略if的倒装:仅当从句含were, had, should时可倒装,其他动词不可(If he came… 不可改为Came he…)。
易错点对比示例

1. 错误:If he was rich, he would buy a car. → 正确:If he were rich, he would buy a car.

2. 错误:If she studied hard, she would have passed the exam. → 正确:If she had studied hard, she would have passed the exam.

3. 错误:I suggest that he went there. → 正确:I suggest that he (should) go there.

4. 错误:It looks as if it were raining.(实际要下雨)→ 正确:It looks as if it is going to rain.

5. 错误:If he had time, would he come? → 正确:If he had time, he would come.(或Had he time, he would come. 省略if倒装)

习题93:改正下列句子中的错误
  1. If I was you, I would not do that.( )
  2. If she had enough money, she would have bought the dress.( )
  3. He wishes he can fly like a bird.( )
  4. I suggest that he should came early.( )
  5. As if he knows the answer.(实际不知道)( )
  6. If they will come tomorrow, we would have a party.( )
  7. It is necessary that he finishes his homework first.( )
  8. She wishes she had not went to the party.( )
  9. If he had not made a mistake, he would not be punished.(与过去事实相反)( )
  10. He talks as if he had been there yesterday.(实际没去)( )
习题94:翻译下列句子,使用正确的假设法形式
  1. 如果我是你,我会接受这个工作。
  2. 如果他昨天来了,他就能见到她了。
  3. 我希望我没说过那些话。
  4. 她看起来好像什么都知道。
  5. 重要的是我们应该立即采取行动。
  6. 如果明天下雪,我们就不去爬山了。
  7. 他建议我们应该早点出发。
  8. 如果我有更多时间,我会学习弹吉他。
  9. 他们希望去年去了海南。
  10. 他表现得好像从没犯过错误。
第8章 不定词与动名词

第8章 不定词与动名词

核心知识点总览

本章聚焦英语中两种重要的动词非谓语形式——不定词(Infinitive)与动名词(Gerund)。不定词基本形式为“to + 动词原形”(不带to的为bare infinitive),动名词形式为“动词-ing”,两者均具备“名词性功能”(可作主语、宾语、表语),同时保留动词特征(可接宾语、状语)。核心需掌握:两者的基本结构与语法功能、动词后接不定词/动名词的固定搭配、特殊结构(如it作形式主语/宾语、感官动词后接不带to的不定词)、否定式与完成式变化,以及易混淆场景的选择规则(如remember to do vs remember doing)。

8-1 不定词的基本形式与特征

知识点讲解

定义:不定词是动词的非谓语形式,核心形式为“to + 动词原形”(称为“带to不定词”),部分场景省略to(称为“不带to不定词”),表示“动作的可能性、目的或状态”。

核心特征

  1. 具备名词性功能:可作主语、宾语、表语、定语、状语;
  2. 保留动词特征:可接宾语(He wants to buy a book. 买一本书)、状语(She decided to study hard. 努力学习);
  3. 有态的变化:一般式(to do)、完成式(to have done)、进行式(to be doing)、被动式(to be done);
  4. 否定式:在to前加not(not to do),不可说to not do。

不带to不定词的常见场景

  • 情态动词后(can, may, must等):She can speak English.(不可说can to speak);
  • 使役动词后(make, let, have):Let him go.(不可说let him to go);
  • 感官动词后(see, hear, watch, feel等):I saw her dance.(强调动作全过程,不可说saw her to dance);
  • 固定搭配(had better, would rather, why not等):You had better leave.(不可说had better to leave)。

不定词的四种形态变化

形态 结构 含义 示例
一般式 to + V(主动)/ to be + V-en(被动) 动作与主句动作同时发生或后于主句动作 He hopes to visit Beijing.(主动)/ The letter needs to be sent.(被动)
完成式 to have + V-en(主动)/ to have been + V-en(被动) 动作先于主句动作发生 She seems to have known the truth.(主动)/ He is said to have been invited.(被动)
进行式 to be + V-ing 动作与主句动作同时进行 He pretended to be working.(他假装在工作)
否定式 not + to + V 否定动作本身 She decided not to go.(她决定不去)
不定词用法示例

1. 带to不定词:I want to learn French.(我想学法语——作宾语)

2. 不带to不定词:Let’s go swimming.(我们去游泳吧——let后省略to)

3. 完成式:He is believed to have left the country.(人们认为他已经离开了这个国家——先于主句动作)

4. 被动式:The work is to be finished by Friday.(这项工作必须周五前完成)

5. 否定式:I told him not to smoke here.(我告诉他不要在这里抽烟——not在to前)

习题95:写出下列不定词的对应形态
  1. 一般式(主动):to speak →
  2. 一般式(被动):to be →
  3. 完成式(主动):to see →
  4. 完成式(被动):to do →
  5. 进行式:to study →
  6. 否定式:to go →
  7. 一般式(主动):to write →
  8. 一般式(被动):to help →
  9. 完成式(主动):to finish →
  10. 否定式:to eat →
习题96:用适当的不定词形式填空(带to或不带to)
  1. She can ______ (play) the piano very well.
  2. My mother made me ______ (clean) my room.
  3. I want ______ (visit) my grandparents next weekend.
  4. We saw him ______ (cross) the street.
  5. You had better ______ (start) early.
  6. He decided ______ (not attend) the meeting.
  7. Why not ______ (ask) for help?
  8. She seems ______ (have) a lot of friends.
  9. The teacher told us ______ (study) hard.
  10. He is said ______ (be) a famous writer.

8-2 动名词的基本形式与特征

知识点讲解

定义:动名词是动词的非谓语形式,形式为“动词-ing”,兼具“名词性”和“动词性”,表示“动作本身或动作的结果”。

核心特征

  1. 具备名词性功能:可作主语、宾语、表语、定语(如Swimming is good exercise. 游泳是好运动——作主语);
  2. 保留动词特征:可接宾语(He likes playing football. 踢足球——接宾语football)、状语(She is good at singing songs. 唱歌——接状语songs);
  3. 有态的变化:一般式(doing)、完成式(having done)、被动式(being done);
  4. 否定式:在-ing前加not(not doing);
  5. 所有格形式:逻辑主语用形容词性物主代词或名词所有格(His coming late made us angry. 他迟到——逻辑主语his)。

动名词与现在分词的区别

  • 动名词:作名词性成分(主语、宾语、表语),强调“动作本身”;
  • 现在分词:作形容词性成分(定语、状语),强调“动作的状态或正在进行”;
  • 示例:Swimming is fun.(动名词,作主语)/ The swimming boy is my brother.(现在分词,作定语)。

动名词的四种形态变化

形态 结构 含义 示例
一般式 doing(主动)/ being + V-en(被动) 动作与主句动作同时发生或不分先后 He enjoys reading novels.(主动)/ She hates being interrupted.(被动)
完成式 having + V-en(主动)/ having been + V-en(被动) 动作先于主句动作发生 Having finished his work, he left.(主动)/ Having been invited, she went to the party.(被动)
否定式 not + doing 否定动作本身 He apologized for not coming.(他为没来道歉)
所有格形式 物主代词/名词所有格 + doing 明确动作的逻辑主语 Tom’s winning the game surprised us.(汤姆赢了比赛让我们惊讶)
动名词用法示例

1. 一般式(主动):She likes singing.(她喜欢唱歌——作宾语)

2. 一般式(被动):He is afraid of being criticized.(他害怕被批评)

3. 完成式:Having lived here for 10 years, he knows the city well.(在这里住了10年,他很了解这座城市——先于主句动作)

4. 否定式:I regret not accepting your advice.(我后悔没接受你的建议)

5. 所有格形式:His being late is unacceptable.(他迟到是不可接受的——逻辑主语his)

习题97:写出下列动名词的对应形态
  1. 一般式(主动):speak →
  2. 一般式(被动):invite →
  3. 完成式(主动):see →
  4. 完成式(被动):do →
  5. 否定式:go →
  6. 一般式(主动):write →
  7. 一般式(被动):help →
  8. 完成式(主动):finish →
  9. 否定式:eat →
  10. 所有格形式(逻辑主语Tom):come →
习题98:用适当的动名词形式填空
  1. ______ (swim) is my favorite sport.
  2. He is interested in ______ (learn) English.
  3. She apologized for ______ (not come) to the meeting.
  4. ______ (have) finished his homework, he went out to play.
  5. I don’t mind ______ (wait) for you.
  6. ______ (be) criticized by the teacher made him sad.
  7. Tom’s ______ (win) the competition made us proud.
  8. She is good at ______ (play) the guitar.
  9. ______ (not tell) him the truth was a mistake.
  10. He dreamed of ______ (become) a doctor.

8-3 不定词与动名词的语法功能

知识点讲解

不定词与动名词均具备名词性功能,可作主语、宾语、表语、定语、状语,但用法各有侧重,具体功能对比如下:

语法功能 不定词用法 动名词用法 示例对比
主语 常用it作形式主语,避免句子头重脚轻(It is + adj + to do) 直接作主语,强调动作的经常性或抽象性 It is important to study hard.(不定词)/ Studying hard is important.(动名词)
宾语 接在want, hope, decide, plan等动词后 接在like, enjoy, mind, avoid等动词后 She wants to go.(不定词)/ She enjoys going.(动名词)
表语 说明主语的具体内容或目的 说明主语的性质或内容(多为抽象动作) My goal is to be a teacher.(不定词)/ My hobby is reading.(动名词)
定语 修饰名词,表“将要发生的动作”,多后置 修饰名词,表“用途或性质”,多前置 a book to read(一本要读的书——不定词)/ a reading room(阅览室——动名词)
状语 表目的、结果、原因(常用in order to, so as to) 表时间、原因、方式(多为独立结构) She went to school to study.(目的——不定词)/ Having finished his work, he rested.(时间——动名词)
功能用法详细示例

1. 主语(不定词+形式主语it):It is easy to solve this problem.(解决这个问题很容易——避免头重脚轻)

2. 主语(动名词):Collecting stamps is his hobby.(集邮是他的爱好——抽象动作)

3. 宾语(不定词):He decided to travel abroad.(他决定出国旅行——decide后接不定词)

4. 宾语(动名词):She avoids eating fast food.(她避免吃快餐——avoid后接动名词)

5. 表语(不定词):His job is to teach English.(他的工作是教英语——具体内容)

6. 表语(动名词):The most important thing is learning.(最重要的是学习——抽象动作)

7. 定语(不定词):I have a lot of work to do.(我有很多工作要做——后置,表将要做)

8. 定语(动名词):a swimming pool(游泳池——前置,表用途)

9. 状语(不定词,表目的):He came here to see you.(他来这里是为了看你)

10. 状语(动名词,表原因):Being ill, he didn’t go to school.(因为生病,他没去上学)

习题99:判断下列句子中划线部分是不定词还是动名词,并指出其语法功能(主语/宾语/表语/定语/状语)
  1. ______ To learn English well is not easy.( )( )
  2. ______ She enjoys playing the piano.( )( )
  3. ______ His dream is to become a scientist.( )( )
  4. ______ This is a reading room.( )( )
  5. ______ He went to the library to borrow books.( )( )
  6. ______ It is necessary to finish the work on time.( )( )
  7. ______ I regret not accepting your invitation.( )( )
  8. ______ The book to read is on the desk.( )( )
  9. ______ Having failed the exam, he felt sad.( )( )
  10. ______ My favorite activity is swimming.( )( )

8-4 动词后接不定词与动名词的固定搭配

知识点讲解

英语中部分动词后只能接不定词,部分只能接动名词,还有部分动词接两者均可但语义不同,需重点记忆固定搭配:

1. 只能接不定词的动词(常用):

  • want(想要)、hope(希望)、decide(决定)、plan(计划)、agree(同意)、promise(承诺)、refuse(拒绝)、offer(主动提出)、manage(设法)、fail(未能)、wish(希望)、expect(期待)、pretend(假装)、choose(选择)、afford(负担得起)。

2. 只能接动名词的动词(常用):

  • like(喜欢)、enjoy(享受)、mind(介意)、avoid(避免)、miss(错过)、finish(完成)、practice(练习)、suggest(建议)、keep(持续)、admit(承认)、deny(否认)、escape(逃脱)、risk(冒险)、consider(考虑)、delay(推迟)、appreciate(感激)。

3. 接两者均可但语义不同的动词(核心):

  • remember to do(记得要做某事,未做) vs remember doing(记得做过某事,已做);
  • forget to do(忘记要做某事,未做) vs forget doing(忘记做过某事,已做);
  • regret to do(遗憾要做某事,未做) vs regret doing(后悔做过某事,已做);
  • stop to do(停下来去做另一件事) vs stop doing(停止正在做的事);
  • try to do(努力做某事) vs try doing(尝试做某事);
  • mean to do(打算做某事) vs mean doing(意味着做某事)。
固定搭配示例

1. 只能接不定词:She decided to study abroad.(她决定出国留学——decide to do)

2. 只能接动名词:He enjoys playing basketball.(他喜欢打篮球——enjoy doing)

3. 语义不同:

– Remember to lock the door.(记得要锁门——未锁) vs I remember locking the door.(我记得锁过门了——已锁)

– She forgot to call me.(她忘记给我打电话了——未打) vs She forgot calling me.(她忘记给我打过电话了——已打)

– He stopped to smoke.(他停下来去抽烟——另一件事) vs He stopped smoking.(他戒烟了——停止正在做的事)

– I try to finish the work.(我努力完成工作——努力) vs I try eating the cake.(我试着吃了蛋糕——尝试)

习题100:用括号内动词的适当形式(不定词或动名词)填空
  1. She wants ______ (visit) her grandparents next week.
  2. He enjoys ______ (play) the guitar.
  3. I remember ______ (meet) her before, but I can’t remember her name.
  4. Don’t forget ______ (bring) your homework tomorrow.
  5. She suggested ______ (go) to the cinema.
  6. He tried ______ (solve) the problem, but he failed.
  7. I regret ______ (tell) you that you didn’t pass the exam.
  8. They decided ______ (not go) to the party.
  9. She stopped ______ (talk) when the teacher came in.
  10. He promised ______ (help) me with my English.
习题101:根据句子含义,选择括号内动词的正确形式(不定词或动名词)
  1. I regret ______ (to say / saying) that I can’t help you.(遗憾要告诉你)
  2. I regret ______ (to say / saying) those words to you.(后悔对你说了那些话)
  3. She tried ______ (to open / opening) the door with the key, but it didn’t work.(尝试开门)
  4. She tried ______ (to open / opening) the door, but she couldn’t.(努力开门)
  5. He stopped ______ (to drink / drinking) water because he was full.(停止喝水)
  6. He stopped ______ (to drink / drinking) water on his way to school.(停下来喝水)
  7. Mean ______ (to do / doing) it, I didn’t hurt you on purpose.(打算做)
  8. Missing the train means ______ (to wait / waiting) for another hour.(意味着)
  9. I remember ______ (to post / posting) the letter, but it didn’t arrive.(记得寄过)
  10. Remember ______ (to post / posting) the letter on your way to work.(记得要寄)

8-5 不定词与动名词的特殊结构

知识点讲解

1. 不定词的形式主语/形式宾语结构

  • 形式主语:It + be + adj/noun + to do(It is important to study hard. 努力学习很重要);
  • 形式宾语:主语 + 动词 + it + adj/noun + to do(I find it easy to learn English. 我发现学英语很容易——it代替to learn English作形式宾语)。

2. 动名词的介词搭配结构

  • 动词+介词+动名词(He is good at playing football. 他擅长踢足球——be good at + doing);
  • 名词+介词+动名词(He has a habit of getting up early. 他有早起的习惯——habit of + doing);
  • 形容词+介词+动名词(She is afraid of being alone. 她害怕独处——afraid of + doing)。

3. 感官动词/使役动词后的特殊用法

  • 主动语态:感官动词(see, hear, watch等)/使役动词(make, let, have)后接不带to的不定词(I saw him run. 我看见他跑了);
  • 被动语态:感官动词/使役动词后需加to(He was seen to run. 有人看见他跑了)。
特殊结构示例

1. 不定词形式主语:It is necessary for us to finish the work on time.(我们必须按时完成工作——for引出逻辑主语)

2. 不定词形式宾语:She thinks it difficult to speak French fluently.(她认为流利地说法语很难)

3. 动名词介词搭配:He insisted on going there alone.(他坚持要一个人去那里——insist on + doing)

4. 感官动词主动语态:We watched the children play in the park.(我们看着孩子们在公园里玩——不带to)

5. 感官动词被动语态:The children were watched to play in the park.(孩子们被看着在公园里玩——加to)

习题102:用适当的形式填空(不定词、动名词或介词)
  1. It is important ______ us ______ (learn) English well.
  2. She finds ______ easy ______ (solve) this problem.
  3. He is interested ______ ______ (play) computer games.
  4. They insisted ______ ______ (go) there by themselves.
  5. I saw him ______ (cross) the street. → He was seen ______ (cross) the street.
  6. It is a pleasure ______ ______ (help) you.
  7. She has a habit ______ ______ (get) up early.
  8. My mother made me ______ (clean) my room. → I was made ______ (clean) my room.
  9. He is afraid ______ ______ (be) late.
  10. It is difficult ______ him ______ (finish) the work in such a short time.

8-6 不定词与动名词的常见易错点

知识点讲解

不定词与动名词的易错点集中在“搭配错误”“形态错误”和“语义混淆”,核心避坑点如下:

  1. 不定词否定式:not必须在to前(not to do),不可说to not do(错误:I decided to not go. 正确:I decided not to go.);
  2. 动名词完成式:表“先于主句动作”需用having done,不可直接用doing(错误:Finishing his work, he left. 正确:Having finished his work, he left.);
  3. 介词后接动名词:所有介词(in, on, at, of, for等)后必须接动名词,不可接不定词(错误:She is good at to sing. 正确:She is good at singing.);
  4. 感官动词被动语态:需加to(错误:He was seen run. 正确:He was seen to run.);
  5. 语义混淆动词:区分remember/forget/regret等动词后接to do与doing的语义差异,避免逻辑错误。
易错点对比示例

1. 错误:I hope to not make a mistake. → 正确:I hope not to make a mistake.(不定词否定式not在to前)

2. 错误:Being not invited, she didn’t go. → 正确:Not being invited, she didn’t go.(动名词否定式not在doing前)

3. 错误:He is interested to learn English. → 正确:He is interested in learning English.(介词in后接动名词)

4. 错误:The teacher made him to study. → 正确:The teacher made him study.(使役动词后不带to)

5. 错误:I remember to meet her yesterday. → 正确:I remember meeting her yesterday.(记得做过,用动名词)

习题103:改正下列句子中的错误
  1. He decided to not attend the meeting.( )
  2. She is good at to play the piano.( )
  3. Finishing his homework, he went out to play.( )
  4. I saw him to cross the street.( )
  5. It is important for us learning English well.( )
  6. She regrets to tell you that you failed the exam.(语义:后悔告诉)( )
  7. He is afraid to be criticized.( )(提示:正确,但需区分be afraid to do与be afraid of doing,此处无错,若表“害怕发生某事”用of doing)
  8. My mother let me to watch TV for an hour.( )
  9. Not to know what to do, he asked for help.( )
  10. She enjoys to read novels in her free time.( )
习题104:翻译下列句子,使用正确的不定词或动名词形式
  1. 学习英语很重要。
  2. 他喜欢听音乐。
  3. 我记得把书放在桌子上了。
  4. 别忘了明天带你的作业。
  5. 她决定明年出国留学。
  6. 他建议我们早点出发。
  7. 我发现学法语很难。
  8. 他停止吸烟了。
  9. 因为生病,他没去上学。
  10. 有人看见他离开了大楼。
第9章 感叹句与祈使句

第9章 感叹句与祈使句

核心知识点总览

本章聚焦英语中两种功能型句子——感叹句(Exclamatory Sentences)与祈使句(Imperative Sentences)。感叹句用于表达强烈情感(惊讶、赞美、感慨等),核心结构为“what + 名词短语”或“how + 形容词/副词”;祈使句用于表达命令、请求、建议或禁止,核心是“省略主语you,以动词原形开头”,可通过添加please、will you等成分调整语气礼貌程度。需掌握两者的基本结构、变形规则、语气变化技巧及特殊用法,同时区分句子功能与其他句型(陈述句、疑问句)的差异。

9-1 句子的种类(功能分类)

知识点讲解

英语句子按功能可分为三大核心类型,另有独立成分(招呼、召唤、感叹词)可单独成句,具体分类及特征如下:

句子类型 功能 核心特征 示例
祈使句(Imperative) 表达命令、请求、建议 省略主语you,以动词原形开头;可调整语气礼貌程度 Come here.(命令)/ Please sit down.(请求)/ Let’s go.(建议)
疑问句(Interrogative) 提出问题,要求回答 倒装语序(助动词/Be动词提前);分yes/no问句和wh-问句 Is he a student?(yes/no问句)/ Where did he go?(wh-问句)
陈述句(Declarative) 叙述事实、状态或观点 主谓正常语序;包括表达感叹的感叹句(特殊陈述句) He is a student.(普通陈述)/ What a beautiful day!(感叹式陈述)
独立成分(Independent Elements) 招呼、召唤、情感表达 无完整主谓结构,单独成句 Good morning!(招呼)/ You there!(召唤)/ Oops!(感叹词)

常见独立成分分类及示例

  • 招呼(Greetings):good morning/afternoon/evening, hi, howdy, good-bye, good night, so long, see you later;
  • 召唤(Calls):you there, the boy in the end seat, everybody;
  • 感叹词(Interjections):well, bravo, hurrah, okay, oh, alas, my, dear me, ouch, oops, phooey, tsk-tsk, whew, hush。
习题154:判断下列句子的类型(祈使句/疑问句/陈述句/独立成分)
  1. What a wonderful performance!( )
  2. Please pass the salt.( )
  3. Where have you been?( )
  4. Good night!( )
  5. He finished his work on time.( )
  6. Don’t touch that!( )
  7. Ouch! That hurts.( )
  8. Will you help me?( )
  9. Let’s go for a walk.( )
  10. You there! Come here.( )

9-2 感叹句(Exclamatory Sentences)

知识点讲解

感叹句用于表达强烈的情感(惊讶、赞美、感慨、不满等),核心是“将强调的成分(名词短语、形容词、副词)前置,用what或how引导”,句末用感叹号(!)。

核心变形规则

  1. 强调“名词短语(NP)”:用what引导,结构为 What + (a/an) + 形容词 + 名词 + 主语 + 谓语!(名词为可数单数时加a/an,不可数或复数不加);
  2. 强调“形容词(Adj)或副词(Adv)”:用how引导,结构为 How + 形容词/副词 + 主语 + 谓语!
  3. 特殊情况:若名词短语含形容词,可转换为“how + 形容词 + a/an + 名词 + 主语 + 谓语!”(仅适用于可数单数名词);
  4. 省略形式:当语境明确时,可省略主语和谓语,直接用what/how + 被强调成分(如What a noise! = What a terrible noise it is!)。
感叹句变形示例

1. 强调名词短语(what引导):

原句:Peter is a smart student.(彼得是个聪明的学生)→ What a smart student Peter is!(彼得真是个聪明的学生!)

原句:He made a mistake.(他犯了一个错误)→ What a mistake he made!(他犯了一个多大的错误啊!)

原句:These are beautiful flowers.(这些是美丽的花)→ What beautiful flowers these are!(这些花真漂亮啊!)

2. 强调形容词/副词(how引导):

原句:It is cold.(天气冷)→ How cold it is!(天气真冷啊!)

原句:She sings beautifully.(她唱歌好听)→ How beautifully she sings!(她唱歌真好听啊!)

3. 名词短语与形容词的转换:

原句:You have made a big mistake.(你犯了一个大错误)→ What a big mistake you have made!(what引导) / How big a mistake you have made!(how引导,仅可数单数)

4. 省略形式:

What a fool!(真是个傻瓜!= He is a big fool!)

How I wished to succeed!(我多么希望成功啊!= I wished to succeed very much!)

参考:感叹句的核心是“强调成分前置”,what后必须接名词短语(形容词+名词),how后必须接形容词或副词,不可混淆:
错误:How a beautiful flower!(how后接名词短语,错误)→ 正确:What a beautiful flower! / How beautiful the flower is!
习题155:把下面的句子改成以what或how开头的感叹句
示例:

This flower is very beautiful. → How beautiful this flower is!

This is a beautiful flower. → What a beautiful flower this is!

  1. That house is very big. →
  2. That is a very big house. →
  3. This story is very interesting. →
  4. Your brother is very intelligent. →
  5. These cameras are very expensive. →
  6. He has been very foolish. →
  7. She dances very gracefully. →
  8. She is singing very sweetly. →
  9. He teaches very well. →
  10. She is very fond of the dog. →
  11. He is very afraid of his father. →
  12. She made a very pretty doll. →
  13. He wrote a very long letter. →
  14. He wrote a letter very nicely. →
  15. Our life here on earth is very strange. →
  16. He behaved very strangely when he heard the news. →
  17. This world would be very lonely if you were away. →
  18. You will easily imagine I am very happy. →
  19. I wish to succeed. →
  20. He talked nonsense. →

9-3 祈使句:命令与请求

知识点讲解

祈使句用于表达“命令、请求、建议或邀请”,核心结构为“省略主语you,以动词原形开头”,语气可通过添加辅助成分调整(从直接命令到礼貌请求)。

核心形式与语气变化

  1. 直接命令(最简洁):动词原形开头,无额外成分(Close the door. 关门。/ Be careful. 小心。);
  2. 明确对象:需指出命令对象时,将名词/代词置于句首或句尾(John, sweep the floor. 约翰,扫地。/ Come on, everybody! 大家过来!);
  3. 缓和语气(请求):句首或句尾加please(Please come here. 请过来。/ Close the door, please. 请关门。);
  4. 礼貌请求:加will you/won’t you(Be here by seven, will you? 七点前到这儿,好吗?/ Have a coffee, won’t you? 喝杯咖啡,好吗?——won’t you含邀请意味);
  5. 非常礼貌:加will/would you please, would you mind V-ing, be so kind as to(Would you please come on time? 你能准时来吗?/ Do you mind closing the door? 你介意关门吗?);
  6. 非正式请求:用could/can you(Could you lend me five dollars? 你能借我五美元吗?);
  7. 请求允许:用may/might I, Do you mind if I V, Let me(May I borrow your pen? 我能借你的笔吗?/ Let me go! 让我走!);
  8. 共同建议:用Let’s V(Let’s start early. 我们早点出发吧。——包括说话者和对方,反义疑问句用shall we?)。
祈使句语气变化示例

1. 直接命令:Stand up.(站起来。)/ Be here by seven.(七点前到。)

2. 明确对象:You girls clean the kitchen.(你们女生打扫厨房。)/ Call a doctor, somebody! 有人去叫医生!

3. 加please:Please sit down.(请坐。)/ John, stand up, please.(约翰,请站起来。)

4. 加will you/won’t you:Close the window, will you?(关窗,好吗?)/ Won’t you come in?(进来坐坐,好吗?)

5. 非常礼貌:Would you be so kind as to pass the salt?(你能把盐递给我吗?)/ Would you mind sitting here?(你介意坐这儿吗?)

6. 非正式请求:Could you tell me the time?(你能告诉我几点了吗?)

7. 请求允许:Might I use your phone?(我能用上你的电话吗?)/ Do you mind if I turn on the radio?(我开收音机你介意吗?)

8. 共同建议:Let’s help him, shall we?(我们帮他吧,好吗?)→ 肯定回应:Yes, let’s. 否定回应:No, let’s not.

参考:Let’s V(我们一起做)与Let me V(让我做)的区别:
Let’s go.(我们走吧——包括对方)/ Let me go.(让我走吧——仅说话者);
Let’s的反义疑问句用shall we,Let me的反义疑问句用will you(Let me show you, will you? 我给你看,好吗?)。
习题156:把下面的句子改为命令句
  1. You will come back later. →
  2. You will be careful. →
  3. You will wait for me on the corner. →
  4. You will be here by ten. →
  5. You will remove the stone from the road. →
  6. Girls! You will sit on these chairs. →
  7. Boys! You will study in the next room. →
  8. You will just let me try once. →
  9. You will pay attention to me while I am talking. →
  10. You will ask her to go to the movie with us this morning. →
习题157:用各种不同的方式把下面的命令改为客气的请求
示例:
  • Stay a few minutes. → Will you stay a few minutes, please? / Would you mind staying a few minutes? / Could you stay a few minutes?
    1. Come back a little later. →
    2. Wait for me after the lesson. →
    3. Get on this bus. →
    4. Call me by telephone tonight. →
    5. Ask her to go to the movie with us. →
    6. Tell him that we are waiting. →
    7. Help me to remove the stone from the road. →
    8. Give him your telephone number. →
    9. Step into the dining room. →
    10. Bring two or three friends. →
    习题158:把助词(小品词)移到宾语的后面,并重写句子
    示例:

    Put down the book. → Put the book down.

    1. Drink up your tea! →
    2. Cover up your legs! →
    3. Clear up this mess! →
    4. Do up your buttons! →
    5. Eat up your dinner! →
    6. Pick up that book! →
    7. Pull up all the weeds! →
    8. Wake up your brother! →
    9. Read out the message aloud! →
    10. Take out your friend to lunch! →
    11. Put out your tongue! →
    12. Pour out the tea! →
    13. Turn out the light! →
    14. Put on your coat! →
    15. Take off your shoes! →
    16. Take away these dishes! →
    17. Write down these sentences in pencil! →
    18. Put back the clock one hour! →
    19. Switch on the light! →
    20. Turn off the radio! →

    9-4 否定祈使句与强意祈使句

    知识点讲解

    祈使句的否定形式用于表达“禁止”,强意形式用于加强命令或请求的语气,具体规则如下:

    1. 否定祈使句(禁止/拒绝)

    • 普通祈使句:句首加Don’t(= Do not),结构为 Don’t + 动词原形!(Don’t smoke here. 禁止在这里抽烟。);
    • Be动词开头的祈使句:否定式为Don’t be…(不可说Be not…)(Don’t be late. 别迟到。/ Don’t be silly. 别傻了。);
    • Let’s V的否定式:Let’s not + 动词原形(Let’s not talk about it. 我们别谈这个了。——不可说Let’s don’t…);
    • 强调禁止:用Never(= Don’t ever),语气更强(Never tell a lie. 永远不要说谎。);
    • 张贴标语常用:No + 动名词(No smoking. 禁止抽烟。/ No parking. 禁止停车。)。

    2. 强意祈使句(加强语气)

    • 句首加Do(重读),结构为 Do + 动词原形!,加强命令、请求或强调(Do come here right away. 马上过来!/ Do be quiet. 一定要安静。)。
    否定与强意祈使句示例

    1. 普通否定:

    Open the door. → Don’t open the door.(别开门。)

    Smoke in this room. → Please don’t smoke in this room.(请不要在这个房间抽烟。)

    2. Be动词否定:

    Be lazy. → Don’t be lazy.(别偷懒。——不可说Be not lazy.)

    3. Let’s否定:

    Let’s start early. → Let’s not start early.(我们别太早出发。)

    4. Never强调禁止:

    Never let him know the truth.(永远别让他知道真相。)

    5. 标语式禁止:

    No littering.(禁止乱扔垃圾。)/ No swimming.(禁止游泳。)

    6. 强意祈使:

    Come here. → Do come here.(一定过来。)

    Please sit down. → Please do sit down.(请务必坐下。)

    参考:Let’s not V是唯一正确的否定形式,口语中偶尔出现Let’s don’t,但不规范,正式场合需避免;No + 动名词仅用于标语,日常交流用Don’t + 动词原形。
    习题159:把下面的命令或请求改成否定式
    1. Fold the paper. →
    2. Please leave the room. →
    3. Let’s forget our homework. →
    4. Listen to what he says. →
    5. Lay hands on the desk, please. →
    6. Let’s play in class. →
    7. Be kind to me. →
    8. Put down your pens. →
    9. Let us wait. →
    10. Read out the letter aloud, please. →
    习题160:依照例句回答下面的问句
    示例:

    Shall we go to the movies? → Yes, let’s. Let’s go to the movies.

    Shall we go to the movies? → No, let’s not. Let’s watch TV instead.

    1. Shall we open a window? No, ______ open the door instead.
    2. Shall we speak Chinese? No, ______ English instead.
    3. Shall we meet at noon? Yes, ______
    4. Shall we go to the library? Yes, ______
    5. Shall we ask George? No, ______ instead.
    6. Shall we invite the Taylors? Yes, ______
    7. Shall we ride Bob’s car this time? No, ______ instead.
    8. Shall we go to a Chinese restaurant this time? No, ______ instead.
    习题161:依照B栏的句型或句义完成A栏的句子
    A B
    0. Don’t wake him up now. Don’t try to be funny.
    1. Let’s go to a movie, ______? Let me try, will you?
    2. ______ be lazy! Don’t go near the water!
    3. ______ be nice to my daughter. Do come and see us again.
    4. Let’s ______ argue any more. Don’t let him play in the street.
    5. Let us go by bus, ______? Let’s go by bus, shall we?
    6. Let me show you, ______ I? Let me show you, will you?
    7. ______ trust a stranger. You will never trust a stranger.
    8. ______ play with fire. You will never play with fire.
    9. ______ beautiful garden it is! The garden is very beautiful.
    10. ______ a difficult job we have! We have a very difficult job.
    11. ______ take a taxi. I suggest that we take a taxi.
    12. ______ stay with you. Will you allow us to stay with you?
    习题162:把A栏的祈使句与B栏的合适回答连在一起(补充完整B栏常见回答)
    A(祈使句) B(回答)
    0. Open the door, please. a. Sure, I won’t forget it.
    1. Sit down, please. b. Certainly, here you are.
    2. Don’t forget the key. c. Thank you, I will.
    3. May I have some water? d. Of course, right away.
    4. Could you pass the salt? e. Sure, no problem.
    5. Let’s go for a walk. f. Great idea! Let’s go.
    6. Don’t smoke here. g. Sorry, I didn’t notice the sign.
    7. Will you help me with this box? h. Yes, I’d be happy to.
    8. Let’s not argue any more. i. Agreed. Let’s talk about something else.
    9. Do be quiet, please. j. Sorry, I’ll keep my voice down.
    10. May I borrow your pen? k. Sure, here you go. Please return it soon.

    连线示例:0 – d

    第10章 WH-问句

    第10章 WH-问句

    核心知识点总览

    本章聚焦WH-问句(Wh-question)的构成、变形规则及用法。WH-问句由疑问词(who, whom, whose, which, what, when, where, why, how)引导,需针对具体信息回答,不能仅用yes/no回应。核心需掌握:WH-问句的基本变形步骤(直述句→yes/no问句→WH-问句)、不同疑问词的用法区别、主语/宾语/补语/状语提问的词序规则、选择问句的构成、间接WH-问句的转换,以及疑问词与相关修饰词(how much/many/often等)的搭配使用。

    10-1 WH-问句的定义与变形步骤

    知识点讲解

    定义:WH-问句是由「疑问词(Wh-词)」引导的问句,用于询问具体信息(人、事、物、时间、地点、原因、方式等),必须针对疑问点具体回答,不能用yes/no简单回应。

    核心变形步骤:WH-问句由直述句转化而来,需经过三步:

    1. 第一步:将直述句改为yes/no问句(助动词/Be动词提前);
    2. 第二步:用对应的WH-词代替yes/no问句中要询问的部分;
    3. 第三步:将WH-词提前至句首,句末加问号(?)。

    关键规则:英语的疑问词必须置于句首(与汉语不同),且需根据询问对象选择对应的疑问词(如询问人用who/whom,询问事物用what等)。

    变形步骤示例

    直述句:John arrived late.(约翰迟到了。)

    第一步(改为yes/no问句):Did John arrive late?(约翰迟到了吗?)

    第二步(用WH-词代替询问部分):Who arrived late?(谁迟到了?——询问主语John)

    最终WH-问句:Who arrived late?(谁迟到了?)

    —————————————-

    直述句:He arrived last night.(他昨晚到了。)

    第一步(改为yes/no问句):Did he arrive last night?(他昨晚到了吗?)

    第二步(用WH-词代替询问部分):When did he arrive?(他什么时候到的?——询问时间last night)

    最终WH-问句:When did he arrive?(他什么时候到的?)

    参考:WH-问句的语调差异:
    1. 询问具体事物/人物(无选择范围):用降调(如What’s this? / Who’s he?);
    2. 带有选择意味(隐含范围):用升调(如This isn’t a cap. What is it?)。

    10-2 以what, who, whom开头的WH-问句

    知识点讲解

    这三个疑问词用于询问“人”或“事物”,核心区别及用法如下:

    1. 疑问词区别

    • who:询问“人”,可作主语或宾语(非正式场合);
    • whom:询问“人”,仅作宾语(正式场合);
    • what:询问“事物、动物或人的职业/身份”;
    • which:询问“特定范围内的人或事物”(有选择范围)。

    2. 词序规则

    1. WH-词作主语:词序与直述句一致(无需倒装),结构为「WH-词 + 谓语 + 其他成分?」;
    2. WH-词作宾语/补语:词序与yes/no问句一致(需倒装),结构为「WH-词 + 助动词/Be动词 + 主语 + 谓语?」。

    3. 特殊用法

    • what询问职业/身份:What is he? = What does he do?(他是做什么的?——回答职业,如He is a lawyer.);
    • who与whom的使用场景:非正式场合中,宾语位置可用who代替whom(如Who did you see?);正式场合需用whom,且介词可置于句首(To whom did you speak?)。
    用法示例(作主语/宾语)

    1. WH-词作主语(词序不变):

    直述句:Somebody broke my pencil.(有人弄坏了我的铅笔。)→ WH-问句:Who broke my pencil?(谁弄坏了我的铅笔?)

    直述句:Something is on the desk.(桌子上有东西。)→ WH-问句:What is on the desk?(桌子上是什么?)

    2. WH-词作宾语(需倒装):

    直述句:He is somebody.(他是某个人。)→ yes/no问句:Is he somebody? → WH-问句:Who is he?(他是谁?)

    直述句:They saw somebody yesterday.(他们昨天见到了某个人。)→ yes/no问句:Did they see somebody yesterday? → WH-问句:Who (m) did they see yesterday?(他们昨天见到了谁?)

    3. which询问特定范围:

    直述句:You prefer either oranges or apples.(你更喜欢橙子或苹果。)→ WH-问句:Which do you prefer (oranges or apples)?(你更喜欢哪个(橙子或苹果)?)

    习题166:依照例句把下面的句子改为以what开头的WH-问句,然后用括号里面的话回答这个问句
    示例:

    It is something. (a dictionary) → What is it? It is a dictionary.

    She bought something. (a new dress) → What did she buy? She bought a new dress.

    1. This is something. (a gold watch) →
    2. They are something. (plans for the house) →
    3. Something caused the flood. (the rain) →
    4. The thief stole something. (a diamond ring) →
    5. The book is about something. (English grammar) →
    6. The artist is painting something. (a picture) →
    7. The driver ran over something. (a yellow dog) →
    8. The students are going to discuss something. (their plans for the summer) →
    9. The farmer has planted something. (a row of corn) →
    10. Jane’s been copying something. (a letter) →
    11. There’s something on the kitchen table. (a birthday cake) →
    12. There’ll be something in the envelope for him. (some money) →
    习题167:依照例句把下面的句子改为以who或whom开头的WH-问句,然后用括号里面的话回答这个问句
    示例:

    Somebody told you that. (my brother) → Who told you that? My brother told me that.

    You saw somebody. (John) → Who (m) did you see? I saw John.

    1. Somebody made the announcement. (the teacher) →
    2. Somebody broke the windows. (those boys) →
    3. Charles invited someone to the dance. (Susan) →
    4. You gave the money to someone. (his sister) →
    5. You spoke to somebody about the picnic. (Mrs. Taylor) →
    6. Someone is Mr. Jackson. (the tall man over there) →
    7. The girl with a book is somebody. (my sister) →
    8. Your sister is engaged to someone. (Bill Newman) →
    9. Somebody is going to type the book. (Miss Jones) →
    10. You are going to borrow the dress from someone. (Jane) →
    习题168:依照例句把下面的句子改为以which开头的WH-问句
    示例:

    This answer is wrong. → Which (answer) is wrong?

    I prefer those shoes. → Which (shoes) do you prefer?

    1. This advice is useful. →
    2. That magazine is cheap. →
    3. These books are expensive. →
    4. You have read the blue book. →
    5. This phone is out of order. →
    6. These eggs are fresh. →
    7. They are going to read those books. →
    8. You visited the art museum. →
    9. She borrowed the yellow dress from Jane. →
    10. He talked to the clerk at the counter. →
    习题169:针对下面的答句,用what、which、who(m)做问句(斜体部分的语词就是你所要问的话)
    示例:

    Bob found Bill’s book. → Who found Bill’s book?(询问主语Bob)

    Bob found this book. → Which (book) did Bob find?(询问特定的书this book)

    Bob found Bill’s book. → What did Bob find?(询问事物Bill’s book)

    Bob found Bill’s book. → What did Bob do?(询问动作found)

    1. Dick talked to the teacher about it. →
    2. The hunter shot the lion. →
    3. I met two friends from the Army. (informal) →
    4. I borrowed these books from the library. →
    5. Jane is going to buy a ring. →
    6. He gave the book to the librarian. (informal) →
    7. You should speak to Mrs. Hill. (formal) →
    8. Mother made a birthday cake for Johnny. →
    9. Mother made a birthday cake for Johnny. →
    10. Mother made a birthday cake for Johnny. (informal) →
    11. Mother made a birthday cake for Johnny today. →
    12. We visited Uncle Joe Sunday. (formal) →
    13. We visited Uncle Joe Sunday. →
    14. We visited Uncle Joe Sunday. →
    15. These chairs are comfortable. →
    16. George is a student. →
    17. George is the new student. →
    18. George is the new student. →
    19. The trouble with the car is that the clutch isn’t working right. →
    20. A truant is a child who stays away from school without permission. →
    21. The teacher announced that school would close early. →
    22. Betty borrowed the green coat from Alice. →
    23. Betty borrowed the green coat from Alice. (informal) →
    24. Betty borrowed the green coat from Alice. →
    25. Betty borrowed the green coat from Alice last week. →
    26. Betty borrowed the green coat from Alice last week. →
    习题170:依照例句把下面每对句子改成选择问句
    示例:

    Are you a Chinese? Are you a Japanese? → Are you a Chinese or a Japanese?

    Are you a Chinese? Aren’t you a Chinese? → Are you or aren’t you a Chinese?

    1. Are you going today? Are you going tomorrow? →
    2. Do we pay you? Do we pay the cashier? →
    3. Is she playing? Is she studying? →
    4. Did he say “yes”? Didn’t he say “yes”? →
    5. Do they usually eat here? Do they usually eat in a restaurant? →
    6. Is John buying a new car? Is his father buying a new car? →
    7. Do you eat with chopsticks? Do you eat with knife and fork? →
    8. Do you have a radio? Do you have a TV? →
    9. Will you drop me a line? Will you give me a ring? →
    10. Can you speak English? Can’t you speak English? →
    11. Is your brother studying at a college? Is your brother studying at a university? →
    12. Can you write English? Can you speak English? →
    参考:选择问句(alternative questions)要求对方在两个答案之间选出一个,不能用yes/no回答。其构成是将两个yes/no问句用or连接,删去第二个问句中与第一个问句相同的部分。例如:
    Are you going today? Are you going tomorrow? → Are you going today or tomorrow?

    10-3 以whose, what, which开头的WH-问句(所有格/限定词)

    知识点讲解

    这三个疑问词可作为「限定词」,修饰名词表示“所有格”或“选择范围”,核心用法如下:

    1. 疑问词区别(限定词用法)

    • whose:修饰名词,表“谁的”(所有格);
    • what:修饰名词,表“什么类型的”(无特定范围);
    • which:修饰名词,表“哪个/哪些”(有特定范围)。

    2. 词序规则

    1. 修饰主语的一部分:词序与直述句一致(无需倒装),结构为「WH-词 + 名词 + 谓语 + 其他成分?」;
    2. 修饰宾语/补语的一部分:词序与yes/no问句一致(需倒装),结构为「WH-词 + 名词 + 助动词/Be动词 + 主语 + 谓语?」。

    3. whose的特殊用法

    • whose可修饰名词,也可单独使用(省略后面的名词),例如:Whose hat is this? = Whose is this?(这是谁的帽子?)
    用法示例

    1. 修饰主语的一部分(词序不变):

    直述句:Somebody’s book is on the desk.(某人的书在桌子上。)→ WH-问句:Whose book is on the desk?(谁的书在桌子上?)

    直述句:Either this person or that person made this rule.(要么这个人要么那个人制定了这条规则。)→ WH-问句:Which person made this rule?(哪个人制定了这条规则?)

    2. 修饰宾语的一部分(需倒装):

    直述句:This is somebody’s hat.(这是某人的帽子。)→ yes/no问句:Is this somebody’s hat? → WH-问句:Whose hat is this?(这是谁的帽子?)

    直述句:She suggested some plan.(她提出了某个计划。)→ yes/no问句:Did she suggest some plan? → WH-问句:What plan did she suggest?(她提出了什么计划?)

    习题171:依照例句把下面的句子改为以whose开头的WH-问句,然后用括号里面的话回答这个问句
    示例:

    Is this somebody’s coat? (John’s) → Whose coat is this? It’s John’s coat. / Whose is this? It’s John’s.

    1. This is somebody’s hat. (the teacher’s) →
    2. That’s someone’s car. (Mr. Smith’s) →
    3. These are somebody’s gloves. (Jane’s) →
    4. Those are someone’s letters. (my sister’s) →
    5. Alice found someone’s book. (John’s) →
    6. Betty is going to borrow somebody’s dress. (Mary’s) →
    7. Professor Jones will lecture on someone’s plays tomorrow. (Shakespeare’s) →
    8. They left somebody’s name out of the list. (my brother’s) →
    习题172:针对下面的答句,用which或what (kind of)做问句(斜体部分的语词就是你所要问的话)
    示例:

    I like to read history books. → What (kind of) books do you like to read?(无特定范围)

    I took the blue book. → Which book did you take?(有特定范围)

    1. The thief stole a diamond ring. →
    2. I will carry the heavy luggage. →
    3. Bob won a bronze medal. →
    4. This chemical is dangerous. →
    5. I ate the green bananas. →
    6. He is drawing plans for the house. →
    7. They discussed the plans for the summer. →
    8. I borrowed these books from the library. →
    9. She lost the hat that her mother bought for her last week. →
    10. The driver ran over a yellow dog. →
    11. Mr. Jones used to smoke cheap cigarettes. →
    12. Jane lent her best sweater to Mary. →
    参考:which与what (kind of)的核心区别:
    – which含选择意味,指向特定范围的人或事物(如“在这几本书中”);
    – what (kind of)指向一般范围的人或事物,无特定选择对象(如“一般来说什么类型的书”)。
    示例:
    Which books are expensive?(这些书中哪些贵?——特定范围)→ These books.
    What (kind of) books are expensive?(什么类型的书贵?——一般范围)→ Books with hard covers.
    习题173:在空白处填入who, what或which
    1. ______ knows the answer? John does.
    2. ______ is the answer to the question? I don’t know.
    3. ______ answer is yours? This one is.
    4. ______ trees grow in China? Pine trees.
    5. ______ color is it? Blue.
    6. ______ is yours, the raincoat or the umbrella?
    7. ______ is his fountain pen, the one on the desk or the one in the drawer?
    8. ______ can answer this question? No one can.
    9. ______ of you can answer this question?
    10. ______ teaches you mathematics? Mr. Smith does.
    11. ______ are you learning now? French.
    12. ______ wants a piece of cake? Everyone does.
    13. ______ piece of cake is mine?
    14. ______ is the name of your teacher? ______ is yours?
    15. ______ wrote this letter? You did.
    16. ______ are you waiting for? My brother.
    17. ______ is the president of the United States?
    18. ______ is the matter with you?
    19. ______ color is the sky?
    20. ______ time did you get up this morning?
    21. ______ date is today?
    22. ______ one do you prefer?
    23. ______ ones do you drive?
    24. ______ one earns 20,000 dollars a year? The rich one.

    10-4 以when、where、how、why开头的WH-问句

    知识点讲解

    这四个疑问词用于询问“时间、地点、方式、原因”,核心用法如下:

    1. 疑问词区别

    • when:询问“时间”(代替时间副词);
    • where:询问“地点”(代替场所副词);
    • how:询问“方式、状态”(代替状态副词);
    • why:询问“原因、目的”(代替表理由的副词)。

    2. 词序规则

    这四个疑问词均需置于句首,词序与yes/no问句一致(需倒装),结构为「WH-词 + 助动词/Be动词 + 主语 + 谓语?」。

    3. how的特殊搭配

    how可与多个形容词/副词连用,询问具体维度,常见搭配如下:

    • how much:询问不可数名词的数量、价格或重量;
    • how many:询问可数名词的数量;
    • how often:询问频率;
    • how long:询问时间长度或物体长度;
    • how far:询问距离;
    • how old:询问年龄;
    • how soon:询问“多久以后”;
    • how fast/deep/wide/high:询问速度、深度、宽度、高度等。
    用法示例

    1. 基础用法(询问时间/地点/方式/原因):

    直述句:He went home suddenly yesterday to see his mother.(他昨天突然回家去看他妈妈。)

    → When did he go?(他什么时候去的?——时间)

    → Where did he go?(他去哪里了?——地点)

    → How did he go?(他怎么去的?——方式)

    → Why did he go?(他为什么去?——原因)

    2. how的特殊搭配:

    How much sugar do you want?(你想要多少糖?——数量)

    How many students are there in the class?(班里有多少学生?——可数数量)

    How often do you go to the movies?(你多久看一次电影?——频率)

    How long will you stay here?(你会在这里待多久?——时间长度)

    How far is it from here to the station?(从这里到车站有多远?——距离)

    How old is your sister?(你妹妹多大了?——年龄)

    参考:口语中常见不含助动词的简化WH-问句:
    Why get so upset?(为什么这么沮丧?= Why do you get so upset?)
    What about the house?(房子怎么办?)
    How about joining us?(和我们一起怎么样?)
    How goes it?(最近怎么样?= How is it going?)
    习题174:针对下面的答句,用when做问句
    示例:

    Supper is at six o’clock. → When is supper?

    The train leaves at 8 a.m. → When does the train leave?

    1. My birthday was last month. →
    2. Spring begins at the 21st of March. →
    3. Visiting hours are from 4 to 6 in the afternoon. →
    4. The airplane leaves every hour on the hour. →
    5. She’s going shopping for a new suit this weekend. →
    6. The museum opens every day except Monday. →
    7. Jane is going to take French and German next year. →
    8. They arrived home late last night. →
    9. Mr. Jones will see you as soon as he can. →
    10. I took dancing lessons when I was a child. →
    习题175:针对下面的答句,用where做问句
    示例:

    The book was on the desk. → Where was the book?

    I come from China. → Where do you come from?

    1. We play tennis in the park. →
    2. They are going to the museum. →
    3. I saw the story in today’s paper. →
    4. She put the watch on the table. →
    5. His house is on Roosevelt Road. →
    6. You can find a post office at the corner of the street. →
    7. I am studying English at the Language Center. →
    8. Miss Jones plans to go to England, France and Germany. →
    9. She found the book on the floor. →
    10. The truck ran over the little boy right in front of the house. →
    习题176:针对下面的答句,用how做问句
    示例:

    He speaks fluently. → How does he speak?

    You get there by taking a taxi. → How do I get there?

    1. The weather’s fine. →
    2. You look very well. →
    3. The cake tastes delicious. →
    4. The team played poorly. →
    5. I always travel by train. →
    6. They got there by taking the train. →
    7. I can tell by his face. →
    8. He became a good speaker by practicing hard every day. →
    9. I’m enjoying my visit enormously. →
    10. She got interested in art by going to the museum. →
    习题177:针对下面的答句,用how much, how many, how often, how long, how far, how old, how deep, how wide, how high, how fast, how tall, how thick等做问句
    示例:

    I weigh 130 pounds. → How much do you weigh?

    She repeated it six times. → How many times did she repeat it?

    She stayed there for a week. → How long did she stay there?

    He is twenty. → How old is he?

    1. This dress costs twenty dollars. →
    2. I have fifty dollars. →
    3. I want three pounds of pork. →
    4. The movie lasts three hours. →
    5. He tried several times. →
    6. She needs two boxes of typewriter paper. →
    7. There are 50 students in my class. →
    8. We have six children. →
    9. The discussion lasted an hour. →
    10. New York is 225 miles from Washington. →
    11. The bus ran six times a day. →
    12. I am five feet tall. →
    13. The lake is 100 feet deep. →
    14. The school is 200 years old. →
    15. The windows are 4 feet wide. →
    16. The pool is 50 feet long. →
    17. She weighs 120 pounds. →
    18. The doctor will come soon. →
    19. The plane flies at 600 miles an hour. →
    20. The building is twenty stories high. →
    21. We go to the movies once a week. →
    22. The wind was blowing 20 miles an hour. →
    23. I have known him for years. →
    24. I can run 100 meters in 12 seconds. →
    25. The dictionary is 1000 pages thick. →
    26. The station is three blocks from here. →
    27. About 3000 people died in traffic accidents last year. →
    28. There were three hundred people at the meeting. →
    29. I need $1,000 to go shopping. →
    30. The new library cost $1,000,000 to build. →
    习题178:在空白里面填入适当的疑问词
    1. ______ would you like me to do?
    2. ______ hat blew off? John’s?
    3. ______ left this book here?
    4. ______ is your sister going to marry?
    5. ______ of these cakes may I take?
    6. ______ is your mother’s name?
    7. ______ is wrong with your camera?
    8. ______ did you visit yesterday afternoon? The museum.
    9. ______ dress was she wearing? The one you gave her.
    10. ______ train shall we take, the 5:30 or the 7:10?
    11. ______ is your family doctor?
    12. ______ of these people have you met before?
    13. ______ is this watch? Mine.
    14. ______ kind of watch is this? A stop watch.
    15. ______ are you talking about? Nothing.
    16. ______ of them will come with us?
    17. ______ is the shortest way to the station?
    18. ______ do you like better, spring or fall?
    19. ______ did you say just now?
    20. ______ book did I borrow? Yours?
    21. ______ did you meet her? I met her in the park.
    22. ______ will he come back? He will come back in a short time.
    23. ______ didn’t you come? Because I was ill.
    24. ______ is your mother? She is quite well, thank you.
    25. ______ is he? Eleven.
    26. ______ have you been waiting? More than two hours.
    27. ______ is it from here to the post office? About five minutes’ walk.
    28. ______ brothers do you have? Three.
    29. ______ time do you have? Half past ten.
    30. ______ is today? The fifth of July.
    31. ______ is Mr. Jones? He’s my uncle.
    32. ______ is Mr. Jones? He’s an engineer.
    33. ______ does he do? He’s a doctor.
    34. ______ will she come? Any minute.
    35. ______ ago did you see him? Last week.
    习题179:依照例句用「短答句」回答下列问题
    示例:

    Who invented the electric light? → Edison did.

    How many of your brothers can swim? (Every one of them) → Every one of them can.

    1. Who teaches you English? →
    2. Who wrote Hamlet? →
    3. What makes people fat? (Eating) →
    4. How many of you play tennis? (Most of us) →
    5. How many of you can play chess? (None of us) →
    6. How many of you ought to know the answer? (All of us) →
    7. Which of you likes ice cream? (We all) →
    8. What fruit is good to eat? (All) →
    9. Which cost more, these or those? →
    10. Which of you finished your homework yesterday? (None) →
    11. Who dares to jump over the stream? (Nobody) →
    12. Who’s the present queen of England? →
    13. Who’s taken my books? (Your brother) →
    14. Who used to live in this old house? (My great-grandfather) →
    15. Which of you knows the shortest way to the station? (Jim) →
    习题180:把下面的WH-问句改为被动语态
    示例:

    How do you spell it? → How is it spelled?

    1. What do you use it for? →
    2. Where do you keep it? →
    3. When do they take it away? →
    4. How do you write it? →
    5. What do you eat it with? →
    6. How do they sell it? →
    7. How often do you tune it? →
    8. Who do you send it to? →
    9. How do you pronounce it? →
    10. Who broke the window? →

    10-5 间接WH-问句

    知识点讲解

    定义:间接WH-问句是将直接WH-问句嵌入主句中,作宾语或宾语从句,用于转述疑问。主句通常由传达动词(ask, inquire, want to know等)引导。

    核心转换规则

    1. 词序调整:直接WH-问句的倒装词序(助动词/Be动词提前)需改为直述句词序(主语在前,动词在后);
    2. WH-词位置:WH-词仍保留在从句句首;
    3. 时态呼应:若主句为过去式(如asked),从句时态需相应倒退(现在式→过去式,现在完成式→过去完成式等);
    4. 标点:间接问句整体为陈述句,句末用句号(.),而非问号(?)。
    转换示例

    直接WH-问句(直接说法):He said to me, “Who are you?”(他对我说:“你是谁?”)

    间接WH-问句(间接说法):He asked who I was.(他问我是谁。)

    —————————————-

    直接WH-问句(直接说法):She said to me, “Where does John work?”(她对我说:“约翰在哪里工作?”)

    间接WH-问句(间接说法):She asked me where John worked.(她问我约翰在哪里工作。)

    —————————————-

    直接WH-问句(直接说法):They asked, “What have you been studying?”(他们问:“你一直在学什么?”)

    间接WH-问句(间接说法):They asked what I had been studying.(他们问我一直在学什么。)

    习题181:依照例句把下面的WH-问句用He asked me改为间接问句
    示例:

    Why are you so worried? → He asked me why I was so worried.

    1. How many languages can you speak? →
    2. What have you been studying? →
    3. When did you eat lunch? →
    4. When will you return my book? →
    5. How well can you speak English? →
    6. Where were you last night? →
    7. How long have you been waiting? →
    8. Who did you invite to the party? →
    9. Why didn’t you come this morning? →
    10. What kind of work do you do? →
    11. Whose plays have you read? →
    12. How much sugar do you use in your coffee? →
    13. Why have you not eaten anything? →
    14. How do you like this cake? →
    15. Which book have you been reading? →
    16. What time is it? →
    17. What is the matter? →
    18. What’s wrong with you? →
    19. What’s the English for “花”? →
    20. Who called while I was out? →
    习题182:依照例句把下面的问句或直述句用She asked me或She told me改为间接引句
    示例:

    When did you call? → She asked me when I called.

    Are you hungry? → She asked me whether / if I was hungry.

    I’m a student. → She told me (that) she was a student.

    1. I’m going to move to Taipei. →
    2. Why are you angry? →
    3. Have you heard from your brother? →
    4. Where are you going to spend your vacation? →
    5. Was the library open all day? →
    6. I’ll graduate in June. →
    7. When will you graduate from high school? →
    8. Do you know the way to the station? →
    9. Can you tell me where I can find a rest room? →
    10. How far is it to the National Museum? →
    11. Who do you think is China’s greatest scientist? →
    12. I hope you have a letter for me. →
    第11章 名词

    第11章 名词

    核心知识点总览

    本章系统讲解英语名词(nouns)的分类、特征及用法。名词按指代对象分为专有名词和普通名词,普通名词进一步分为可数名词和不可数名词。核心需掌握:专有名词的大写规则与冠词搭配、可数名词的复数变形规则(拼写+读音)、不可数名词的分类与用法限制、特殊名词(集合名词、外来名词)的复数形式及主谓一致,同时区分易混淆名词(如cloth/clothes、advice/advices)的用法差异。

    11-1 名词的定义与分类

    知识点讲解

    定义:名词是表示人、事物、地点、抽象概念等的词类,在句中可作主语、宾语、表语、定语等成分。

    分类体系

    1. 按指代对象:专有名词(特定人/物/场所)+ 普通名词(非特定人/物);
    2. 普通名词按可数性:可数名词(有单复数形式)+ 不可数名词(仅单数形式);
    3. 不可数名词细分:物质名词(具体物质)+ 抽象名词(抽象概念)。

    名词示例

    • 人:John, teacher, student;
    • 事物:book, pen, computer;
    • 地点:Taipei, school, park;
    • 抽象概念:friendship, courage, honesty。
    习题183:从下面一段文章里把名词找出来,并在下面划线(答案用下划线标注)

    Bill and Sally White, their father and mother, and some of their friends were visiting Bill’s Uncle George at the seashore. Uncle George was Bill’s father’s brother. He had a house and a sailboat. Bill and Sally had visited him many times. They liked the seashore very much.

    It was late in August. The air was cool, but the water was warm enough for swimming. Uncle George had invited them all to go sailing with him. They were going to sail for two or three hours and then have a picnic on one of the islands in the bay.

    11-2 专有名词(Proper Nouns)

    知识点讲解

    定义:专指特定的人、地方、机构、节日等的名词,首字母必须大写。

    常见类别

    1. 人名:John Brown, Mrs. Wood, Captain Cory, President Chiang Ching-kuo;
    2. 地名:Japan, South America, New York, Roosevelt Road, National Taiwan University;
    3. 星球名:Venus(金星), Mars(火星), Jupiter(木星);
    4. 日、月、节日:Sunday, Monday, January, Christmas, New Year’s Day。

    冠词搭配规则

    • 一般不加冠词(a/an/the):不可说a China, the China, this China;
    • 特殊专有名词必须加the(固定搭配):如the United States, the Himalayas, the Sahara, the Bible等(详见参考列表)。
    必须加the的专有名词类别:
    (a) 河、运河:the Thames(泰晤士河), the Nile River(尼罗河), the Yangtze River(扬子江), the Suez Canal(苏伊士运河);
    (b) 海洋:the Pacific Ocean(太平洋), the Atlantic Ocean(大西洋), the Red Sea(红海), the Mediterranean(地中海);
    (c) 船舶:the Queen Mary(玛丽皇后号), the President Lincoln(林肯总统号);
    (d) 公共设施、建筑物、纪念碑:the Metropolitan Museum(大都会博物馆), the Empire State Building(帝国大厦), the Sphinx(狮身人面像), the White House(白宫);
    (e) 书籍、报章、杂志:the Four Books(四书), the Bible(圣经), the Arabian Nights(天方夜谭), the New York Times(纽约时报);
    (f) 帝国、朝代:the Ottoman Empire(鄂曼帝国), the Ming Dynasty(明朝);
    (g) 民族:the Chinese(中华民族), the English(英国人);
    (h) 山脉(复数):the Himalayas(喜马拉雅山), the Alps(阿尔卑斯山), the Rockies(落基山);
    (i) 群岛(复数):the Philippines(菲律宾群岛), the Pescadores(澎湖群岛);
    (j) 联邦、其他:the United States(美国), the Soviet Union(苏联), the United Nations(联合国), the Netherlands(荷兰), the North Pole(北极)。
    习题184:在需要带冠词the的专有名词前面的空白里填the,在不能带冠词的专有名词前面的空白里打(X)
    1. (X) Nancy is a charming girl.
    2. (X) China is a great country.
    3. (the) Chinese are a peace-loving people.
    4. Is (X) Chinese a very difficult language to learn?
    5. (the) Niagara Falls is the largest waterfall in (X) America.
    6. (the) United States is a member of (the) United Nations.
    7. (the) Netherlands is on the north of (X) Belgium.
    8. (the) Amazon is the largest river in (X) South America.
    9. In some places (the) Rocky Mountains are not far from (the) Pacific Ocean.
    10. (the) Hudson River empties into (the) Atlantic Ocean.
    11. We have visited (the) Congress but not (the) White House.
    12. (X) Eskimos make houses of snow and ice.
    13. Every Christian should read (the) Bible carefully.
    14. (the) Canary Islands are a group of Spanish islands in (the) Atlantic.
    15. I heard that (X) Mr. Smith was going to (X) France, (X) Germany and (the) Soviet Union.

    11-3 普通名词(Common Nouns)

    知识点讲解

    定义:不指特定人、事物或场所的名词,适用范围更广,分为可数名词和不可数名词两类。

    核心区别

    • 可数名词:有单数(singular)和复数(plural)形式,可与数词搭配(one book, two books);
    • 不可数名词:仅单数形式,不可直接与数词搭配(需借助单位词,如some bread, a piece of bread)。

    11-4 可数名词(Count Nouns)

    知识点讲解

    特征:可计数,有单复数形式,单数需搭配冠词(a/an/the)或限定词(this, that),复数需变形(加-(e)s等)。

    一、复数形拼写规则

    1. (a) 大多数名词加-s:books, pens, students, schools;
    2. (b) 字尾为s, ch, sh, x, z,加-es:bus→buses, class→classes, match→matches, brush→brushes, box→boxes, quiz→quizzes(例外:stomachs, monarchs);
    3. (c) 字尾为“辅音+o”,加-es:hero→heroes, potato→potatoes, torpedo→torpedoes, echo→echoes(例外:zoos, bamboos, radios, pianos, photos, autos);
    4. (d) 字尾为“辅音+y”,变y为i加-es:baby→babies, city→cities, country→countries(例外:boys, monkeys,y前为元音);
    5. (e) 字尾为f/fe,变f(e)为v加-es:wolf→wolves, calf→calves, half→halves, shelf→shelves, leaf→leaves, knife→knives(例外:roofs, proofs, beliefs, chiefs, handkerchiefs);
    6. (f) 加-en:ox→oxen, child→children(罕见:brother→brethren);
    7. (g) 改变元音:foot→feet, tooth→teeth, goose→geese, man→men, woman→women, mouse→mice, louse→lice;
    8. (h) 单复数同形:sheep, deer, swine, fish(同一种类), trout, salmon, quail, dozen, score, hundred, Chinese, Japanese, Swiss, means, series, species;
    9. (i) 复合名词:将核心成分变复数:mother-in-law→mothers-in-law, editor-in-chief→editors-in-chief, man-of-war→men-of-war, passer-by→passers-by, forget-me-not→forget-me-nots;
    10. (j) 字母、数字、符号:加-s或’s:A’s, 3’s, B.A’s, 1970’s(或As, 3s, B.A.s, 1970s);特殊:e’s, i’s, a.m’s。

    二、复数形读音规则(与动词三单-(e)s读音一致):

    1. (a) 在擦音(s, z, ʃ, ʒ, tʃ, dʒ)后读/ɪz/:boxes /ˈbɒksɪz/, buses /ˈbʌsɪz/, brushes /ˈbrʌʃɪz/;
    2. (b) 在清辅音(p, t, k, f)后读/s/:cups /kʌps/, cats /kæts/, books /bʊks/, roofs /ruːfs/;
    3. (c) 在浊辅音和元音后读/z/:jobs /dʒɒbz/, roads /rəʊdz/, dogs /dɒɡz/, babies /ˈbeɪbiz/, radios /ˈreɪdiəʊz/。

    三、特殊可数名词

    • 外来名词复数:保留原语复数或加-(e)s(如crisis→crises, basis→bases, datum→data, phenomenon→phenomena);
    • 必须用复数的名词:scissors, trousers, glasses, thanks, riches等(详见参考);
    • 单复数异义名词:cloth→cloths(布片)/ clothes(衣服), die→dies(印模)/ dice(骰子)等。
    特殊可数名词补充:
    (a) 必须用复数的名词(常表成对/集合概念):scissors(剪刀), shears(大剪刀), pincers(钳子), trousers(裤子), pants(裤子), pajamas(睡衣裤), spectacles(眼镜), thanks(感谢), riches(财富), savings(储蓄), belongings(个人财物);
    (b) 复数形表单数意义的名词:news(新闻), mathematics(数学), physics(物理), measles(麻疹), mumps(腮腺炎);
    (c) 单复数意义不同的名词:sands(沙洲)/ sand(沙), returns(赢利)/ return(归来), grounds(论据)/ ground(土地), goods(动产)/ good(善);
    (d) 集合名词(单复数均可):family, team, committee, crowd(如The family is/are happy. 取决于强调整体还是个体)。
    习题185:把下面的名词改成复数形,并且用音标注出-(e)s的发音
    示例:

    day → days (z), desk → desks (s), speech → speeches (ɪz)

    1. cook → cooks (s /kʊks/)
    2. part → parts (s /pɑːrts/)
    3. egg → eggs (z /egz/)
    4. sound → sounds (z /saʊndz/)
    5. sky → skies (z /skaɪz/)
    6. key → keys (z /kiːz/)
    7. roof → roofs (s /ruːfs/)
    8. loaf → loaves (z /ləʊvz/)
    9. race → races (ɪz /reɪsɪz/)
    10. moss → mosses (ɪz /mɒsɪz/)
    11. game → games (z /ɡeɪmz/)
    12. line → lines (z /laɪnz/)
    13. ball → balls (z /bɔːlz/)
    14. door → doors (z /dɔːrz/)
    15. month → months (s /mʌnθs/)
    16. bath → baths (s /bɑːθs/ 或 z /bɑːðz/)
    17. potato → potatoes (z /pəˈteɪtəʊz/)
    18. radio → radios (z /ˈreɪdiəʊz/)
    19. horse → horses (ɪz /ˈhɔːsɪz/)
    20. house → houses (ɪz /ˈhaʊsɪz/)
    21. match → matches (ɪz /ˈmætʃɪz/)
    22. stomach → stomachs (s /ˈstʌməks/)
    23. knife → knives (z /naɪvz/)
    24. safe → safes (z /seɪvz/)
    25. page → pages (ɪz /ˈpeɪdʒɪz/)
    26. garage → garages (ɪz /ɡəˈrɑːʒɪz/ 或 z /ɡəˈrɑːʒz/)
    27. 1 → 1s (z /wʌnz/)
    28. 8 → 8s (z /eɪts/)
    29. Ph.D. → Ph.D.s (z /ˌpiː eɪtʃ ˈdiːz/)
    30. 1970 → 1970s (z /ˌnaɪnˈtiːn ˈsevnti z/)
    习题186:按照句意把括号里面的名词的单数形或复数形填在空白里
    示例:

    Read the next (chapter) → chapter

    Study these three (lesson) → lessons

    1. How many (bank) are there in this town? → banks
    2. There are several (guest) waiting to see you. → guests
    3. I had to have two (tooth) pulled the other day. → teeth
    4. Two of my uncles are (judge). → judges
    5. You can always hear (echo) in these mountains. → echoes
    6. A group of (editor-in-chief) are holding a meeting now. → editors-in-chief
    7. The weather forecast is for blue (sky). → skies
    8. I saw three (sheep) on the farm. → sheep
    9. Don’t you think that (tax) are too high? → taxes
    10. She took two (spoonful) of medicine. → spoonfuls
    11. Did you raise these (goose) yourself? → geese
    12. We saw several (fish) in the pond. → fish(同一种类)/ fishes(不同种类)
    13. She is very proud of her (son-in-law) because they are all very rich. → sons-in-law
    14. How many (passer-by) were killed in the accident? → passers-by
    15. Men walk with two (foot) and animals with four (leg). → feet; legs
    16. (Ox-cart) are drawn by (ox) not by (horse). → Ox-carts; oxen; horses
    17. That millionaire has a dozen (servant) to wait on him. → servants
    18. They invited two (Englishman) and three (German) to the party. → Englishmen; Germans
    19. (Mouse-trap) are set to catch (mouse). → Mouse-traps; mice
    20. Get me two (dozen) of (egg) and three (loaf) of (bread). → dozen; eggs; loaves; bread
    习题187:把下面的名词改为复数形
    1. crisis → crises
    2. basis → bases
    3. criterion → criteria
    4. phenomenon → phenomena
    5. datum → data
    6. curriculum → curricula / curriculums
    7. stimulus → stimuli / stimuluses
    8. focus → foci / focuses
    9. index → indices / indexes
    10. madame → mesdames / madames
    11. alumnus → alumni
    12. alumna → alumnae
    习题188:在正确的答案下面划线
    1. I saw two (deer, deers) running into the wood. → 正确:deer
    2. Professor Hill gave a (serie, series) of lectures on modern history. → 正确:series
    3. Lend me a pair of (scissor, scissors), will you? → 正确:scissors
    4. He always brushes his (trouser, trousers) clean. → 正确:trousers
    5. She drew a circle with (a compass, compasses). → 正确:compasses
    6. I am near-sighted, so I can’t see without a pair of (glass, glasses). → 正确:glasses
    7. It was (a spectacle, spectacles) worth watching. → 正确:a spectacle
    8. She put on her (spectacle, spectacles) and started to read the letter. → 正确:spectacles
    9. I withdrew all my (saving, savings) from the bank yesterday. → 正确:savings
    10. Mr. Johnson used to take a walk as a (mean, means) of exercise. → 正确:means
    11. Mathematics (is, are) my favorite subject. → 正确:is
    12. (Many thanks, Much thank) for your help. → 正确:Many thanks
    13. (Thank, Thanks) a lot for your wonderful present. → 正确:Thanks
    14. No news (is, are) good news. → 正确:is
    15. Riches (have, has) wings. → 正确:have
    16. The United States (is, are) composed of 51 states. → 正确:is
    17. Statistics (is, are) not an exact science. → 正确:is
    18. These statistics on population (is, are) very interesting. → 正确:are
    19. (Is, Are) politics an interesting subject? → 正确:Is
    20. My politics (is, are) nobody’s business but mine. → 正确:are
    21. The Brown family (is, are) a very happy one. → 正确:is
    22. The Brown family (is, are) in many parts of the world this winter: Mr. and Mrs. Brown are at home, George is in Asia, and Susan is in Europe. → 正确:are
    23. The committee (is, are) not able to agree on the plan. → 正确:are
    24. Middle-class people (spends, spend) a lot of money on clothes. → 正确:spend
    25. The peoples of the world (wants, want) peace and happiness. → 正确:want
    习题189:依照例句改写下面的句子
    示例:

    The boy is five years old. → He is a five-year-old boy.

    He gave me a bill worth ten dollars. → It was a ten-dollar bill.

    She bought two dozen of eggs. → She bought two dozen eggs.

    1. That baby is three months old. → That is a three-month-old baby.
    2. The rope is ten feet long. → It is a ten-foot-long rope.
    3. This car has four doors. → This is a four-door car.
    4. The building is five stories high. → It is a five-story-high building / a five-story building.
    5. I bought a stamp for eight cents. → I bought an eight-cent stamp.
    6. There were six men on the committee. → It was a six-man committee.
    7. He bought a house that was twenty years old. → He bought a twenty-year-old house.
    8. The vacation lasted two weeks. → It was a two-week vacation.
    9. We paid six dollars for the ticket. → We bought a six-dollar ticket.
    10. They walked in the park for fifteen minutes. → They took a fifteen-minute walk in the park.
    数词+名词作定语的规则:
    (a) 数词与名词连用作定语时,名词用单数形式:a five-dollar note(五元钞票), a three-act play(三幕剧), a ten-year-old boy(十岁男孩);
    (b) dozen(打)、score(二十)、hundred(百)、thousand(千)、million(百万)前有具体数词时用单数:two dozen eggs(两打鸡蛋), three hundred people(三百人);
    (c) 无具体数词时用复数+of:dozens of eggs(成打鸡蛋), hundreds of people(成百上千人)。

    11-5 不可数名词(Noncount Nouns)

    知识点讲解

    定义:仅单数形式,不可直接计数,不能与a/an或数词搭配,需借助单位词(some, a piece of等)表达数量。

    分类

    1. 物质名词:表示具体物质,如wood(木头), metal(金属), bread(面包), rice(米), water(水), tea(茶), coffee(咖啡), sugar(糖), salt(盐), air(空气);
    2. 抽象名词:表示抽象概念,如love(爱), friendship(友谊), courage(勇气), honesty(诚实), time(时间), space(空间), health(健康), fun(乐趣);
    3. 其他特殊不可数名词:money(金钱), furniture(家具), luggage(行李), baggage(行李,美语), information(信息), mail(信件), advice(劝告), work(工作), merchandise(商品), scenery(风景)。

    用法规则

    • 不可直接加a/an:不可说a bread, an advice(正确:a piece of bread, a piece of advice);
    • 可与some, much, a lot of, little等搭配:some water, much time, a lot of furniture;
    • 部分不可数名词可转化为可数名词(表“种类/部分/成品”):wood(木头,不可数)→ a wood(树林,可数), paper(纸,不可数)→ a paper(报纸/文件,可数)。
    不可数名词用法示例

    1. 物质名词:I want some bread.(我想要一些面包——不可数)/ She bought two loaves of bread.(她买了两条面包——借助单位词loaves)

    2. 抽象名词:It takes a lot of courage to speak up.(敢于直言需要很大勇气——不可数)

    3. 特殊不可数名词:We bought several pieces of furniture for the new house.(我们为新房子买了几件家具——借助单位词pieces)

    4. 转化为可数名词:This is a good tea.(这是一种好茶——表种类)/ He wrote a paper on English grammar.(他写了一篇关于英语语法的论文——表成品)

    习题190:在可数名词前面加a(n),在不可数名词前面加some
    1. pencil → a pencil(可数)
    2. pen → a pen(可数)
    3. sofa → a sofa(可数)
    4. friend → a friend(可数)
    5. car → a car(可数)
    6. baggage → some baggage(不可数)
    7. chalk → some chalk(不可数)
    8. furniture → some furniture(不可数)
    9. vegetable → a vegetable(可数)
    10. ink → some ink(不可数)
    11. flower → a flower(可数)
    12. bag → a bag(可数)
    13. homework → some homework(不可数)
    14. assignment → an assignment(可数)
    15. lamp → a lamp(可数)
    16. friendship → some friendship(不可数)
    17. task → a task(可数)
    18. money → some money(不可数)
    19. fruit → some fruit(不可数)/ a fruit(可数,表种类)
    20. transportation → some transportation(不可数)
    21. electricity → some electricity(不可数)
    22. mail → some mail(不可数)
    23. dollar → a dollar(可数)
    24. blood → some blood(不可数)
    25. work → some work(不可数)
    26. paint → some paint(不可数)
    27. bone → a bone(可数)
    28. fog → some fog(不可数)
    29. letter → a letter(可数)
    30. wheat → some wheat(不可数)
    31. beef → some beef(不可数)
    32. cow → a cow(可数)
    33. pork → some pork(不可数)
    34. pig → a pig(可数)
    35. land → some land(不可数)
    36. acre → an acre(可数)
    37. grass → some grass(不可数)
    38. flesh → some flesh(不可数)
    习题191:选出正确答案
    1. The teacher brought us several (① ink, ② pen, ③ chalks, ④ erasers). → 正确:④ erasers
    2. Help yourself to some (① apple, ② orange, ③ fruit, ④ banana). → 正确:③ fruit
    3. Would you like a (① meal, ② food, ③ tea, ④ coffee)? → 正确:① meal(或a cup of tea/coffee)
    4. I wrote a few (① mail, ② correspondence, ③ letters, ④ page) this morning. → 正确:③ letters
    5. They need another (① milk, ② wine, ③ glass, ④ grass). → 正确:③ glass(或a bottle of milk/wine)
    6. We eat a lot of (① bean, ② potato, ③ rice, ④ vegetable). → 正确:③ rice
    7. Is there any more (① egg, ② tomato, ③ butter, ④ biscuit)? → 正确:③ butter
    8. How many (① lesson, ② speech, ③ poetry, ④ poems) can you recite? → 正确:④ poems
    9. A parade requires a great deal of (① plan, ② plans, ③ planning, ④ plannings). → 正确:③ planning
    10. (① The furnitures, ② The furniture, ③ Furnitures, ④ A furniture) of this house has been removed. → 正确:② The furniture
    习题192:在正确的答案下面划线
    1. He gives a name to each (cow, cattle). → 正确:cow
    2. The rich farmer owns many (fields, lands). → 正确:fields
    3. Please lend me some (money, book). → 正确:money
    4. We had a lot of (fun, funs) at the party last night. → 正确:fun
    5. He drank with (glass, a glass). → 正确:a glass
    6. She cut the paper with (a piece of glass, a glass). → 正确:a piece of glass
    7. I know him by (sight, a sight). → 正确:sight
    8. The sunset is (beautiful sight, a beautiful sight). → 正确:a beautiful sight
    9. A book is made of (paper, papers). → 正确:paper
    10. The newsboy delivers (paper, papers) every morning. → 正确:papers
    不可数名词转化为可数名词的常见情况:
    (a) 物质名词:
    – 表“部分”:a stone(一块石头), a cloud(一朵云), a fire(一堆火);
    – 表“种类”:a tea(一种茶), a wine(一种葡萄酒), a metal(一种金属);
    – 表“成品”:a glass(玻璃杯), a paper(报纸/文件), an iron(熨斗);
    (b) 抽象名词:
    – 表“具体事实/实例”:a truth(一个真理), a kindness(一件善事), a death(一起死亡事件);
    – 表“人物”:a beauty(一位美人), a genius(一位天才), a virtue(一种美德)。
    第12章 限定词

    第12章 限定词

    核心知识点总览

    本章系统讲解英语限定词(Determiners)的分类、用法及搭配规则。限定词是修饰名词的前置成分,用于明确名词的指称范围(特定/不特定、数量/归属等),是名词的“信号词”。核心需掌握:限定词的三大类别(冠词、指示词、所有格)、无定冠词(a/an、some/any、零冠词)的用法差异、有定冠词the的四大核心用法、限定词的搭配禁忌(同一名词前仅用一种限定词),以及特殊场景下的冠词省略规则,同时通过习题巩固各类限定词的精准运用。

    12-1 限定词的定义与分类

    知识点讲解

    定义:限定词是用于修饰名词的前置成分,作用是明确名词的指称(如“特定/不特定”“数量多少”“归属关系”),英语名词大多需与限定词搭配出现,极少单独使用。

    核心分类:英语主要限定词分为三类,具体如下表:

    限定词类别 常见成员 搭配示例
    冠词(Articles) 无定冠词:a, an, some, any, 零冠词(ø,不加冠词);
    有定冠词:the
    a boy, an apple, some ink, any books, ø boys, the student
    指示词(Demonstratives) this, that, these, those this book, that apple, these pens, those flowers
    所有格(Possessives) 形容词性:my, your, his, her, its, our, their;
    名词所有格:N’s, N-s’
    my family, John’s pen, the students’ books

    关键禁忌:同一名词前只能使用一种限定词,不可叠加使用(错误:my the book / this John’s pen;正确:my book / John’s pen)。

    限定词与名词组结构示例
    限定词(Determiner) 名词(Noun) 名词组(Noun Phrase)
    a boy a boy(一个男孩)
    some eggs some eggs(一些鸡蛋)
    this book this book(这本书)
    my family my family(我的家人)
    John’s brother John’s brother(约翰的兄弟)
    习题193:依照例句在名词下面划线,在限定词上面加圈
    示例:

    When will the party take place?

    1. The girl lives with her family in a big house.
    2. That boy has spent all his money on these toys.
    3. Get me tea instead of milk.
    4. I live with my grandmother, my parents, my elder brother and a younger sister.
    5. This house is famous for its garden.
    6. People got off their train at the station.
    7. Is he your father’s brother, or your mother’s?
    8. Why did John’s bicycle cost more than Mary’s camera?
    9. I want a pencil, an eraser and some paper.
    10. Any stranger will get lost in London if he doesn’t know the city well.

    12-2 无定冠词“零”(ø)

    知识点讲解

    定义:零冠词是无定冠词的一种特殊形式,指名词前不加任何冠词,用于表示“不特定的人或物”。

    核心用法:当不可数名词或复数可数名词表示“泛指、不特定”时,前面用零冠词:

    • 不可数名词(物质/抽象):Air and water are both necessary to us.(空气和水对我们都很必要——泛指所有空气和水);
    • 复数可数名词:Friends and books are both very valuable.(朋友和书籍都很珍贵——泛指所有朋友和书籍)。

    12-3 some与any的用法

    知识点讲解

    核心功能:some与any均用于修饰不可数名词或复数可数名词,表示“不特定的分量、数目或程度”,核心区别在于语境的肯定/否定/疑问属性。

    用法规则

    1. 肯定句中用some:表示“一些、若干”,含肯定语气;
    2. 否定句、条件句中用any:替代some,表“任何、丝毫”;
    3. 疑问句中:
      • 用some:表“请求、建议或期待肯定回答”(隐含“你需要/想要”的意味);
      • 用any:表“单纯询问”,无隐含期待。
    some与any用法对比示例

    1. 肯定句(some):

    Give me some milk.(给我一些牛奶——物质名词,分量)

    I still have some faith in him.(我对他仍有一些信心——抽象名词,程度)

    There are some books on the desk.(桌子上有一些书——可数名词,数目)

    2. 否定句(any):

    I don’t want any pencils / any paper.(我不想要任何铅笔/纸)

    3. 条件句(any):

    If you want any pencils / any paper, I can give you some.(如果你需要铅笔/纸,我可以给你一些)

    4. 疑问句(some/any):

    Do you need some money?(你需要一些钱吗?——期待肯定回答)

    Do you need any money?(你需要钱吗?——单纯询问)

    补充规则:some与any后的名词若前文已提及,可省略(避免重复):
    – Do you need any money? Yes, I need some (money).(是的,我需要一些。)
    – Are there any books on the desk? No, there aren’t any (books).(没有。)
    习题194:在空白裡填進some, any 或a(n)
    1. I have ______ money. → some
    2. You wrote ______ letters. → some
    3. She is visiting ______ friend. → a
    4. I didn’t have ______ ink. → any
    5. There wasn’t ______ news. → any
    6. They found ______ paint. → some
    7. We’re learning ______ new words. → some
    8. She found ______ old watch. → an
    9. They’re showing ______ interesting movies. → some
    10. We didn’t eat ______ fruit. → any
    11. The farmer is planting ______ corn. → some
    12. Do you have ______ information on the subject? → any
    习题195:把下面的句子改為否定句与問句
    示例:

    You bought some paper. → You didn’t buy any paper. / Did you buy any paper?

    1. The engineers made some plans. → The engineers didn’t make any plans. / Did the engineers make any plans?
    2. The factory hired some workers. → The factory didn’t hire any workers. / Did the factory hire any workers?
    3. The boys are eating some candy. → The boys aren’t eating any candy. / Are the boys eating any candy?
    4. The secretary was writing some letters. → The secretary wasn’t writing any letters. / Was the secretary writing any letters?
    5. She’s got some money. → She hasn’t got any money. / Has she got any money?
    6. You’ll need some help. → You won’t need any help. / Will you need any help?
    7. They received some good advice. → They didn’t receive any good advice. / Did they receive any good advice?
    8. John has made some wonderful suggestions. → John hasn’t made any wonderful suggestions. / Has John made any wonderful suggestions?
    9. Betty had some strange ideas. → Betty didn’t have any strange ideas. / Did Betty have any strange ideas?
    10. I can eat some ice-cream. → I can’t eat any ice-cream. / Can you eat any ice-cream?
    习题196:依照例句把下面的句子改為追問句與否定問句
    示例1:

    You have some money. →

    • You have some money, don’t you?
    • Don’t you have some money?

    示例2:

    They won’t get any help. →

    • They won’t get any help, will they?
    • Won’t they get any help?

    1. He knows some English. →
      • He knows some English, doesn’t he?
      • Doesn’t he know some English?
    2. He doesn’t know any English. →
      • He doesn’t know any English, does he?
      • Does he know any English?
    3. She needed some money. →
      • She needed some money, didn’t she?
      • Didn’t she need some money?
    4. She didn’t need any money. →
      • She didn’t need any money, did she?
      • Did she need any money?
    5. They can borrow some books. →
      • They can borrow some books, can’t they?
      • Can’t they borrow some books?
    6. They can’t borrow any books. →
      • They can’t borrow any books, can they?
      • Can they borrow any books?
    7. She is making some sandwiches for us. →
      • She is making some sandwiches for us, isn’t she?
      • Isn’t she making some sandwiches for us?
    8. She isn’t making any sandwiches for us. →
      • She isn’t making any sandwiches for us, is she?
      • Is she making any sandwiches for us?
    9. You have done some studying. →
      • You have done some studying, haven’t you?
      • Haven’t you done some studying?
    10. You haven’t done any studying. →
      • You haven’t done any studying, have you?
      • Have you done any studying?
    习题197:依照例句回答下列問句
    示例1:

    Do you want some bananas? → Yes, I want some bananas. / I want some.

    示例2:

    Did he ask you for any soap? → No, he didn’t ask me for any soap. / He didn’t ask me for any.

    1. Did the factory hire any men? No, … → No, the factory didn’t hire any men. / It didn’t hire any.
    2. Did she invite any friends? Yes, … → Yes, she invited some friends. / She invited some.
    3. Is there any mail for me? Yes, … → Yes, there is some mail for me. / There is some.
    4. Do you have any questions? No, … → No, I don’t have any questions. / I don’t have any.
    5. Are there any matches left? No, … → No, there aren’t any matches left. / There aren’t any.
    6. Will you have any more tea? No, … → No, I won’t have any more tea. / I won’t have any more.
    7. Won’t you have some more cake? Yes, … → Yes, I’ll have some more cake. / I’ll have some more.
    8. Can you eat any more potatoes? Yes, … → Yes, I can eat some more potatoes. / I can eat some more.
    9. Do you think there is any money in the purse? No, … → No, I don’t think there is any money in the purse. / I don’t think there is any.
    10. Do you believe that he will lend you any books? Yes, … → Yes, I believe that he will lend me some books. / I believe that he will lend me some.
    习题198:在下面的空白裡填some或any
    1. There isn’t ______ sugar in this jar. → any
    2. She asked me for ______ paper, but I can’t find ______. → some; any
    3. You can’t have ______ more tomatoes because I want ______ for myself. → any; some
    4. Please give me ______ more cake. I’m sorry but there isn’t ______. → some; any
    5. I can’t eat ______ more ice-cream, but I would like ______ more pudding. → any; some
    6. I asked him for ______ ink, and he gave me ______. → some; some
    7. Don’t make ______ noise. I want to get ______ sleep. → any; some
    8. Have you had ______ tea? I can give you ______. → any; some
    9. Go and ask him for more paper. I don’t have ______ in my desk. → any
    10. If you need more money, you must get ______ out of the bank; there is hardly ______ in the house. → some; any
    11. We have ______ new shoes in today. Do you want to buy ______? → some; some
    12. Would you like ______ coffee? (= Please have ______ coffee.) Yes, I’d like ______. → some; some; some
    13. Didn’t I give you ______ money yesterday? (= I think I gave you ______.) No, you didn’t give me ______. → some; some; any
    14. I don’t have ______ time to do more now; you can do ______ yourself. → any; some
    15. Wouldn’t you like ______ thing to drink? Have ______ lemonade? → some; some

    12-4 无定冠词a(n)的用法

    知识点讲解

    核心特征:a(n)是无定冠词,用法近似数词one,仅能修饰单数可数名词,不能修饰不可数名词或复数名词。

    读音规则

    • a用在以辅音音素开头的名词(或形容词)前:a book, a pen, a clever student, a delicious apple;
    • an用在以元音音素开头的名词(或形容词)前:an apple, an egg, an old man, an American student。

    特殊读音情况

    • 以h开头但h不发音:an hour, an honor, an heir, an honest boy;
    • 以u开头但u发/juː/(辅音音素):a university, a uniform, a useful thing;
    • 以e开头:a ewe, a European country;an egg, an excellent book;
    • 以one开头:a one-story building, a one-way road;
    • 字母/缩写:an e(i), an h(eɪtʃ), an N(en), an S(es), an M.A.(eɪm eɪ), an SOS(es əʊ es)。

    核心用法

    1. 任指(one/any):指“一个”或“随便一个”人或物(不特定);
    2. 殊指(a certain/some particular):指“某一个”或“有一个”特定但未明确指出的人或物;
    3. 泛指(that which is called/every):表示“凡是……”或“只要是……”(概括一类事物);
    4. 同一(the same):表示“同一类、同一性质”(固定搭配);
    5. 每-(per/every):表示频率或单位(固定搭配)。
    a(n)用法示例

    1. 任指:I want to buy a fountain pen tomorrow.(我明天想买一支钢笔——随便一支)

    2. 殊指:A man is waiting for you outside.(有一个男人在外面等你——某一个未明确的人)

    3. 泛指:A dog is a faithful animal.(狗是忠诚的动物——所有狗)

    4. 同一:Birds of a feather flock together.(物以类聚——同一类)

    5. 每-:I used to go to the movies once a week.(我以前每周去看一次电影——每一周)

    补充:物质名词/抽象名词加a(n)的特殊情况:
    物质名词/抽象名词通常不加a(n),但加a(n)时表示“种类”(a kind of)或“事例”(an instance of):
    – I like coffee.(泛指咖啡) → This is a good coffee.(一种好咖啡——种类)
    – She felt pity for him.(同情心——抽象) → It’s a pity you can’t come.(一件遗憾的事——事例)
    习题199:在下面的空白裡填入,a或an
    1. ______ coffee is ______ drink. → Coffee is a drink.
    2. ______ coat is made of ______ wool. → A coat is made of wool.
    3. ______ iron is ______ metal. → Iron is a metal.
    4. ______ orange has ______ sweet taste. → An orange has a sweet taste.
    5. ______ sugar is nice in ______ cup of tea. → Sugar is nice in a cup of tea.
    6. ______ cigarette is made of ______ tobacco and ______ paper. → A cigarette is made of tobacco and paper.
    7. ______ ring is made of ______ gold or ______ silver. → A ring is made of gold or silver.
    8. I like ______ jam on ______ piece of ______ bread. → I like jam on a piece of bread.
    9. I can write ______ letter in ______ ink or with ______ pencil. → I can write a letter in ink or with a pencil.
    10. ______ bread is made from ______ flour, and ______ flour is made from ______ wheat. → Bread is made from flour, and flour is made from wheat.
    习题200:在下面的空白裡填入,a, an,或some
    1. ______ woman gave me ______ money yesterday. → A woman gave me some money yesterday.
    2. ______ yard usually has ______ flowers in it. → A yard usually has some flowers in it.
    3. Give me ______ ink to write ______ letter. → Give me some ink to write a letter.
    4. ______ Austrian sheep give us ______ very good wool. → Austrian sheep give us some very good wool.
    5. I want ______ glass of lemonade with ______ sugar in it. → I want a glass of lemonade with some sugar in it.
    6. You must write in ______ ink; here is ______ pen. → You must write in ink; here is a pen.
    7. ______ house made of ______ wood catches ______ fire very easily. → A house made of wood catches fire very easily.
    8. ______ book about ______ politics is too difficult for ______ child. → A book about politics is too difficult for a child.
    9. There is ______ dirt on ______ floor and ______ dirty mark on ______ curtain. → There is some dirt on the floor and a dirty mark on the curtain.
    10. There is ______ pencil and ______ writing paper. → There is a pencil and some writing paper.
    习题201:在正确的答案下面劃線
    1. The machine is made of (metal, a metal). → 正确:metal
    2. (Iron, An iron) is (metal, a metal). → 正确:Iron; a metal
    3. She pressed her dresses with (iron, an iron). → 正确:an iron
    4. I prefer (tea, a tea) to coffee. → 正确:tea
    5. This is really (excellent tea, an excellent tea). → 正确:an excellent tea
    6. This is (tea, a tea) grown only in the mountains of Ceylon. → 正确:a tea
    7. There is no smoke without (fire, a fire). → 正确:fire
    8. There was (fire, a fire) in the next street last night. → 正确:a fire
    9. She always has (cold meat, a cold meat) on hand for the school lunch boxes. → 正确:cold meat
    10. She suggested (cold meat, a cold meat) for a summer luncheon. → 正确:a cold meat
    11. This is (lace, a lace) seldom seen in New York. → 正确:a lace
    12. She wore a dress of (old lace, an old lace). → 正确:old lace
    13. He did it all out of (kindness, a kindness). → 正确:kindness
    14. It would be (great kindness, a great kindness) to call and see him while he is so ill. → 正确:a great kindness
    15. It was (excusable error, an excusable error). → 正确:an excusable error
    16. (Error, An error) is unavoidable. → 正确:Error
    17. They sell books on (education, an education). → 正确:education
    18. He wanted his son to have (education, an education). → 正确:an education
    19. She felt (pity, a pity) for the poor orphans. → 正确:pity
    20. What (pity, a pity) she couldn’t go with you! → 正确:a pity
    21. It’s (mercy, a mercy) that he didn’t take that train! → 正确:a mercy
    22. He never shows (mercy, a mercy) for the poor. → 正确:mercy
    23. The old man is without (sight, a sight) and hearing. → 正确:sight
    24. She was (sight, a sight) pleasing to the eye. → 正确:a sight
    25. I had (pain, a pain) in my leg yesterday. → 正确:a pain
    26. (Death, A death) comes to all. → 正确:Death
    27. He felt (new happiness, a new happiness) growing within him. → 正确:a new happiness
    28. Patience is (virtue, a virtue). → 正确:a virtue
    29. Eat more fruit; it will do you (good, a good). → 正确:good
    30. He showed (amazing endurance, an amazing endurance). → 正确:amazing endurance
    习题202:依照例句把下面的句子改為否定句
    示例:

    He gave me (some) books. →

    • He gave me no books.
    • He didn’t give me any books.

    1. There is some sugar. →
      • There is no sugar.
      • There isn’t any sugar.
    2. I can see a hat on the shelf. →
      • I can see no hat on the shelf.
      • I can’t see any hat on the shelf.
    3. He likes girls with red hair. →
      • He likes no girls with red hair.
      • He doesn’t like any girls with red hair.
    4. She has got some money to lend you. →
      • She has got no money to lend you.
      • She hasn’t got any money to lend you.
    5. I have some more money. →
      • I have no more money.
      • I don’t have any more money.
    6. There are some apples on the tree. →
      • There are no apples on the tree.
      • There aren’t any apples on the tree.
    7. The hen has laid eggs today. →
      • The hen has laid no eggs today.
      • The hen hasn’t laid any eggs today.
    8. Some ink spilled on the carpet. →
      • No ink spilled on the carpet.
      • Any ink didn’t spill on the carpet.(或:Didn’t any ink spill on the carpet? 否定句常用前一种)
    9. Some people called last night. →
      • No people called last night.
      • Didn’t any people call last night?
    10. He gave me some ink, so I could write some more. →
      • He gave me no ink, so I couldn’t write any more.
      • He didn’t give me any ink, so I couldn’t write any more.

    12-5 有定冠词the的用法

    知识点讲解

    核心定义:the是有定冠词,属于有定限定词(还包括指示词、所有格),用于表示“说话者与听话者共同明确的人或物”——即双方对所指对象有默契或共同认知。

    适用范围:可修饰可数名词(单数/复数)和不可数名词。

    四大核心用法

    1. 后指(Anaphoric Reference):指代前文已出现过的人或物(前后冠词一致);
    2. 明指(Definite by Modification):名词前后有修饰语(如定语从句、介词短语),足以明确特定对象;
    3. 暗指(Definite by Situation/Common Knowledge):无明确修饰语,但结合生活经验或语境可判定特定对象;
    4. 泛指(Generic Reference):修饰单数可数名词,指代一类事物的所有分子。
    the的用法示例

    1. 后指:I saw a cat in the tree this morning, but when I looked again, the cat was gone.(早上看到一只猫,后来那只猫不见了——前文已提)

    2. 明指:Hand me the longer piece of chalk on the desk.(把桌子上那支长一点的粉笔递给我——有修饰语longer)

    3. 暗指:Please close the window.(请关窗——指当前开着的那扇窗,语境明确)

    4. 泛指:The horse is a noble animal.(马是高贵的动物——指代所有马)

    5. 特殊泛指(形容词转名词):The rich are not always happier than the poor.(富人不一定比穷人幸福——the+形容词表一类人)

    the的特殊用法补充:
    (1) 与形容词/分词连用表一类人/物:the old(老人), the young(年轻人), the dead(死者), the living(生者), the blind(盲人);
    (2) 与名词连用表抽象概念:The pen is mightier than the sword.(笔比剑更有力——笔=文字的力量,剑=武力);
    (3) 固定搭配:the sun(太阳), the moon(月亮), the earth(地球), the sky(天空), the weather(天气), the world(世界)等独一无二的事物。
    习题203:在下面的空白裡填,a(n)或the
    1. I saw ______ woman the other day. ______ woman wore ______ big hat. ______ hat had ______ long feathers on it. ______ feathers were red, green and yellow. → a; The; a; The; some; The
    2. Go and see who is at ______ door. → the
    3. ______ bird can fly very high in ______ sky. → A; the
    4. He came to see us twice ______ month. → a
    5. China is ______ largest country in Asia. → the
    6. ______ principal of our school was absent today. → The
    7. ______ student of our school was run over by a bus. → A
    8. John is ______ heir to a millionaire. (John is the only heir.) → the
    9. John is ______ heir to a millionaire. (There are several other heirs besides John.) → an
    10. ______ capital of Japan is Tokyo. → The
    11. Tokyo is ______ city in Japan. → a
    12. ______ man with a red necktie is Mr. Smith. → The
    13. ______ man she loves must be very rich. → The
    14. Who is ______ man teaching her English? → the
    15. We need ______ woman who understands French. → a
    16. ______ mailman has come, but there was no mail for us today. → The
    17. ______ young can always learn something from ______ old. → The; the
    18. I had ______ pain in my side yesterday, and I had ______ pain in my side again today. → a; a
    19. ______ air is necessary to life, and so is ______ water. → ø; ø
    20. ______ air in her room is heavy with ______ perfume of flowers. → The; the
    21. I love ______ open air and outdoor life. → the
    22. The children are having ______ exercise in ______ open air. → some; the
    23. ______ wisdom is ______ gift of heaven. → ø; a
    24. ______ wisdom of Solomon is quite well-known among ______ students. → The; the
    25. I cannot forget ______ kindness with which he treated me. → the
    26. Would you have ______ kindness to pull up ______ window? → the; the
    27. Have you had ______ kindness shown? Pass it on. → some
    28. ______ money begets ______ money. → ø; ø
    29. I wonder who took ______ money in ______ purse. → the; the
    30. At last ______ warrior in him was thoroughly aroused. → the
    习题204:在下面的空白裡填,a(n)或the
    1. This is ______ most interesting story I ever heard. → the
    2. Can you tell me which is ______ better of these two models? → the
    3. We were married on ______ fifth of May, 1957. → the
    4. You are ______ very man I wanted to see. → the
    5. ______ very thought of going there frightened me. → The
    6. This is ______ only example I can give you. → the
    7. He is ______ only son. → the
    8. They were both born on ______ same day and in the same town. → the
    9. He was always ______ first guest to come and ______ last to leave. → the; the
    10. Rice is sold either by ______ catty or by ______ pound. → the; the
    11. Rice is sold here at ______ price of two dollars ______ catty. → the; a
    12. It is cheaper to buy eggs by ______ dozen than ______ apiece. → the; a
    13. How much do eggs cost ______ dozen? → a
    14. We rent our house by ______ month not by ______ week. → the; the
    15. How often do you have your hair cut ______ month? → a
    16. The garden lies to ______ south of the house. → the
    17. He is ______ right man for ______ position. → the; the
    18. I will not apologize because I am in ______ right. → the
    19. He got onto ______ wrong train and got out at ______ wrong station. → the; the
    20. His address is given at ______ left of ______ card. → the; the
    21. You’ve come on ______ wrong day. Your music lesson is on ______ Friday. → the; ø
    22. Three loud knocks are heard on ______ door at ______ right. → the; the
    23. She patted the boy on ______ back and comforted him. → the
    24. The little boy pulled his sister by ______ sleeve and asked her to take him out. → the
    25. Take what you want and throw ______ rest away. → the
    the的固定搭配场景补充:
    (1) 最高级/序数词前:the best, the first, the tallest of the two;
    (2) 表“唯一、正是、同一”的形容词前:the only, the very, the same, the right, the wrong;
    (3) 方位名词前:the north, the south, the east, the west;
    (4) 计量单位前(by+the+单位):by the day(按天), by the pound(按磅), by the yard(按码);
    (5) 身体部位前(动词+某人+on/in+the+部位):pat sb. on the back(拍某人后背), pull sb. by the sleeve(拉某人袖子)。
    习题205:在下面的句子裡除了(14)與(15)兩句以外,括號裡的名都指事物的總類。把不適当的說法劃掉
    1. (The milk, Milk) is very good for health, but some children don’t like it. → 正确:Milk
    2. (The foxes, Foxes, Fox) are cunning animals. → 正确:Foxes
    3. (An owl, Owl, Owls) cannot see in the day-time. → 正确:Owls / An owl
    4. (The bees, Bees, Bee) make honey. → 正确:Bees
    5. (The blood, Blood) is thicker than (the water, water). → 正确:Blood; water
    6. (The man, Man) is in general stronger than (the woman, woman). → 正确:Man; woman
    7. (A sentence, Sentence, Sentences) are made of (the words, words, word). → 正确:Sentences; words
    8. (The friend, A friend) in need is (a friend, the friend) indeed. → 正确:A friend; a friend
    9. He is as poor as (the church mouse, a church mouse). → 正确:a church mouse
    10. Do you know who invented (a telephone, the telephone) ? → 正确:the telephone
    11. (The cow, A cow) and (the horse, a horse) are domestic animals. → 正确:A cow; a horse / Cows; horses
    12. (The dinosaur, A dinosaur) no longer exists. → 正确:The dinosaur / Dinosaurs
    13. (The panda, A panda) is found only in some parts of China. → 正确:The panda / Pandas
    14. (The bee, A bee) is gathering honey from flowers these days. → 正确:A bee
    15. (The dinosaur, A dinosaur) roamed here in prehistoric times. → 正确:A dinosaur / Dinosaurs
    英语表示“泛指”的四种方法:
    (1) 单数名词不加冠词(限不可数名词、man/woman):Smoke is lighter than air.(烟比空气轻);
    (2) 单数名词加a(n)(含any/every意味,仅现在时主动语态):A dog is a domestic animal.(狗是家畜);
    (3) 单数名词加the(指代一类):The elephant is the largest land animal.(大象是最大的陆地动物);
    (4) 复数名词不加冠词(限可数名词):Birds have wings.(鸟有翅膀)。
    习题206:在空白裡填,a(n)或the
    1. ______ waiter, bring me ______ glass of milk. → Waiter; a
    2. ______ young man, would you be interested in earning ______ couple of ______ dollars? → Young man; a; ø
    3. ______ Professor Hill has already explained ______ problem to us. → ø; the
    4. Robert Louis Stevenson, ______ author of ______ Treasure Island, is also ______ great poet. → the; ø; a
    5. He became ______ Mayor of ______ Taipei ______ last year. → ø; ø; ø
    6. The knife is made of ______ special kind of ______ metal. → a; ø
    7. What ______ kind of ______ flower is this? → ø; ø
    8. This is ______ very rare species of ______ fish which can be found only in ______ deep ocean. → a; ø; the
    9. ______ monkey resembles very much ______ man. → A; a / The monkey; man
    10. ______ Mother is doing ______ dishes in ______ kitchen. She’ll be here in ______ minute. → ø; the; the; a
    11. Do you take ______ walk before or after ______ dinner? → a; ø
    12. He is ______ Christian and goes to ______ church ______ every Sunday. → a; ø; ø
    13. She left ______ school in ______ year 1956. → ø; the
    14. Do you go to ______ school on ______ foot or by ______ bus? → ø; ø; ø
    15. ______ day after ______ day, she worked hard from morning till night. → ø; ø
    16. This time I’m going to ______ United States by ______ sea, not by ______ air. → the; ø; ø
    17. Some of the students are playing ______ basketball, while the others are playing ______ tennis. → ø; ø
    18. When I am at ______ leisure, I like to play ______ chess with my friends. → ø; ø
    19. They went away ______ arm in ______ arm. → ø; ø
    20. They stood ______ side by ______ side, talking happily to each other. → ø; ø
    21. ______ Washington was twice elected ______ president; he was elected ______ first president of ______ United States. → ø; ø; the; the
    22. Stevenson is ______ English novelist and ______ poet. → an; a
    23. ______ novelist and ______ poet are discussing literature and art in ______ open air. → The; the; the
    24. ______ watch and ______ chain belongs to my father. → The; ø
    25. I see ______ red and white flower in the vase. (one flower) → a
    26. There is ______ red and ______ white flower in the vase. (two flowers) → a; a
    27. Both ______ red and ______ white flowers may be worn on this occasion. → ø; ø
    28. ______ red and white flower is azalea. (one kind of flowers) → The
    29. ______ red and white flowers look very lovely against the green leaves. (one kind of flowers) → The
    30. ______ red and ______ white flowers in the vase are both my favorites. (two kinds of flowers) → The; the
    冠词的省略规则总结:
    (a) 呼格(招呼语):Young man, tell me your name.(年轻人,告诉我你的名字);
    (b) 职位/头衔作同位语/补语:We elected him captain of the team.(我们选他当队长);
    (c) 家庭成员名词(father, mother, uncle等):Mother is cooking dinner.(妈妈在做饭);
    (d) 三餐、运动、游戏名词:have breakfast, play basketball, play chess;
    (e) a kind of/sort of等后接名词:What kind of book is this?(这是什么类型的书);
    (f) 重复名词连用:day after day(日复一日), step by step(一步一步);
    (g) 相对/相关名词连用:father and son(父子), teacher and student(师生);
    (h) 固定短语:at school(上学), in bed(睡觉), go to church(去做礼拜), by bus(乘公交)。

    第13章 数量词

    本章核心知识点总览

    本章系统讲解英语数量词(Quantifiers)的分类、用法及搭配规则。数量词是修饰名词的重要成分,用于表示名词的“数目”(如one, two, three)或“分量”(如much, little, a piece of),核心分为三大类:数词(基数词、序数词)、量词(不可数名词分量量词、可数名词群体量词)、其他数量词(不定数量词如many/much/few/little等)。需掌握:数量词与限定词的位置关系、数词(基数/序数/分数/倍数)的读写规则、量词与名词的固定搭配、不同类型数量词(可数/不可数专用、通用)的用法差异,以及限制词(just/only等)与数量词的组合规则,同时通过习题巩固数量词的精准运用。

    13-1 数量词的定义与位置

    知识点讲解

    定义:数量词是表示名词“数目”(如one, two, three)或“分量”(如much, little, a great deal of)的词类,可与限定词搭配修饰名词,明确名词的数量范围。

    核心位置关系:数量词与限定词的搭配有两种核心结构:

    1. 数量词在限定词后(直接修饰名词):
      • 结构:限定词(Determiner) + 数量词(Quantifier) + 名词(Noun)
      • 示例:one boy(一个男孩)、these two books(这两本书)、my three sons(我的三个儿子)
    2. 数量词在限定词前(表示“部分”,需加介词of):
      • 结构:数量词(Quantifier) + of + 有定限定词(Definite Determiner) + 名词(复数/不可数)
      • 示例:one of the boys(男孩中的一个)、two of these books(这些书中的两本)、much of your money(你的钱中的大部分)
      • 注意:后接名词需为复数可数名词或单数不可数名词,本质是省略重复的名词(如one of the boys = one boy of the boys)。

    特殊情况:数量词前后均有有定限定词时,名词后需接定语从句(明确范围):The two of the boys who had disagreed left.(那两个持不同意见的男孩离开了)。

    结构1:数量词在限定词后
    Determiner (限定词) Quantifier (数量词) Noun (名词) 完整名词组
    (无) one boy one boy(一个男孩)
    these two books these two books(这两本书)
    my three sons my three sons(我的三个儿子)
    结构2:数量词在限定词前
    Quantifier (数量词) of Determiner (有定限定词) Noun-s (复数名词) 完整表达
    one of the boys one of the boys(男孩中的一个)
    two of these books two of these books(这些书中的两本)
    three of my sons three of my sons(我的儿子中的三个)
    参考:场所副词作定语的补语时,需改成由there引导的句子(表示“存在”):
    比较:
    – The three books are on the desk.(三本书都在桌子上。——强调“所有”)
    – Three of the books are on the desk.(这些书中有三本在桌子上。——强调“部分”)
    – There are three books on the desk.(桌子上有三本书。——强调“存在”)
    习题219:依照例句改写下面的名词组
    示例:

    one boy of the boys → one of the boys

    three friends of your friends → three of your friends; three friends of yours

    these five books of your books → these five books of yours

    1. three girls of the girls → three of the girls
    2. five pencils of these pencils → five of these pencils
    3. one-half cake of the cake → one-half of the cake
    4. many students of those students → many of those students
    5. four mistakes of her mistakes → four of her mistakes; four mistakes of hers
    6. six answers of his ten answers → six of his ten answers
    7. several teachers of my teachers → several of my teachers; several teachers of mine
    8. these three sons of your sons → these three sons of yours
    9. three friends of my ten friends → three of my ten friends
    10. even some students of your students → even some of your students; even some students of yours
    习题220:依照例句改写下面的句子
    示例:

    My books are missing. (one) → One of my books is missing. / One of them is missing. / One is missing.

    The students were here. (several) → Several of the students were here. / Several of them were here. / Several were here.

    1. The books are interesting. (two) → Two of the books are interesting. / Two of them are interesting. / Two are interesting.
    2. The girls could answer the questions. (three) → Three of the girls could answer the questions. / Three of them could answer the questions. / Three could answer the questions.
    3. These boys want to go with you. (one) → One of these boys wants to go with you. / One of them wants to go with you. / One wants to go with you.
    4. The guests are in the garden. (some) → Some of the guests are in the garden. / Some of them are in the garden. / Some are in the garden.
    5. The suspects have disappeared. (one) → One of the suspects has disappeared. / One of them has disappeared. / One has disappeared.
    6. The money is in the purse. (half) → Half of the money is in the purse. / Half of it is in the purse. / Half is in the purse.
    7. He bought my paintings. (two) → Two of my paintings he bought. / Two of them he bought. / Two he bought.
    8. The pictures were left on the table. (one) → One of the pictures was left on the table. / One of them was left on the table. / One was left on the table.
    习题221:依照例句完成下面的句子
    示例:

    three books … on the desk → There are three books on the desk.

    my books … on the desk → My books are on the desk.

    1. the ten books … on the shelf → The ten books are on the shelf.
    2. ten of the books … on the shelf → Ten of the books are on the shelf.
    3. two pictures … on the wall → There are two pictures on the wall.
    4. two of his pictures … on the wall → Two of his pictures are on the wall.
    5. every student … in the classroom → Every student is in the classroom.
    6. all the guests … in the lobby → All the guests are in the lobby.
    7. five other books … in the library → There are five other books in the library.
    8. the other five books … in the library → The other five books are in the library.

    13-2 数词(Numbers)

    知识点讲解

    定义:数词是表示具体“数目”的数量词,分为基数词(Cardinals)和序数词(Ordinals)两类:

    • 基数词:表示“数量多少”(one, two, three, four…),可直接修饰名词,也可单独作名词用;
    • 序数词:表示“顺序先后”(first, second, third, fourth…),前面常用有定冠词the,表“第几个”。

    核心规则

    1. 序数词与基数词的位置:序数词通常放在基数词前面(the first three chapters 前三章);
    2. 序数词前用a(n):表示“另一个、再一个”(a second chance 另一个机会);
    3. 数词的读写:
      • 基数词:千位以上数字从右往左每三位分一组,百位与十位/个位间加and(美式可省略);
      • 序数词:除first, second, third外,一般在基数词后加-th(five→fifth, twelve→twelfth);
      • 年代:两位数读法(1965 = nineteen sixty-five);
      • 时间:分钟数≤30用past,>30用to(7:25 = twenty-five past seven;10:45 = a quarter to eleven);
      • 分数:分子用基数词,分母用序数词,分子>1时分母加-s(1/2 = one half;2/3 = two thirds)。
    基数词与序数词位置对比
    \[\left\{\begin{array}{l} first three prizes (= first-mentioned three prizes) \quad \ulcorner 头三个奖品 \lrcorner \\ three first prizes (= first prizes which are three in number) \quad \ulcorner 三个一等奖 \lrcorner \end{array}\right\}\]

    示例句:

    I have finished reading the first three chapters.(我已经读完了前三章)

    We won three first prizes in the competition.(我们在比赛中获得了三个一等奖)

    序数词前用a(n)表示“另一个”示例

    This is my only chance; I will never get a second chance.(这是我唯一的机会,再也不会有另一个了)

    One student said yes, another said no, a third kept silent, and a fourth suggested a new plan.(一个学生说同意,另一个说不同意,第三个保持沉默,第四个提出了新方案)

    时间表达示例
    7:25 = twenty-five (minutes) past (or after) seven
    10:45 = a quarter to (or before) eleven
    6:30 = half past (or after) six
    12:19 = nineteen minutes past (or after) twelve

    参考:五的倍数(five, ten, fifteen…)后面的minutes通常可以省略,如:3:10 = ten past three。

    分数表达示例

    1/2 = one half(二分之一)

    1/4 = one fourth / a quarter(四分之一)

    2/3 = two thirds(三分之二)

    3/4 = three fourths / three quarters(四分之三)

    1 4/5 = one and four fifths(一又五分之四)

    13/25 = thirteen over twenty-five(二十五分之十三)

    注意:分数修饰名词时,谓语动词的单复数由名词决定:

    One third of the students have dropped this course.(三分之一的学生退出了这门课——students为复数,谓语用have)

    One third of the money has been contributed to charities.(三分之一的钱捐给了慈善机构——money为不可数,谓语用has)

    习题222:把下面的数目用英语说出来(或写出来)
    示例:

    1204 (one thousand two hundred and four)

    序号 数字 英语表达
    1 182 one hundred and eighty-two
    2 407 four hundred and seven
    3 1,540 one thousand five hundred and forty
    4 3,026 three thousand and twenty-six
    5 21,906 twenty-one thousand nine hundred and six
    6 564,719 five hundred sixty-four thousand seven hundred and nineteen(美式)/ five hundred and sixty-four thousand seven hundred and nineteen(英式)
    7 803,892 eight hundred three thousand eight hundred and ninety-two(美式)/ eight hundred and three thousand eight hundred and ninety-two(英式)
    8 5,372,694 five million three hundred seventy-two thousand six hundred and ninety-four(美式)/ five million three hundred and seventy-two thousand six hundred and ninety-four(英式)
    9 6,073,540 six million seventy-three thousand five hundred and forty(美式)/ six million and seventy-three thousand five hundred and forty(英式)
    10 236,567,994 two hundred thirty-six million five hundred sixty-seven thousand nine hundred and ninety-four(美式)/ two hundred and thirty-six million five hundred and sixty-seven thousand nine hundred and ninety-four(英式)
    习题223:把下面的年代用英语说出来
    示例:

    1965 (nineteen sixty-five)

    序号 年代 英语表达
    1 1968 nineteen sixty-eight
    2 1908 nineteen hundred and eight / nineteen oh eight
    3 1874 eighteen seventy-four
    4 842 eight hundred and forty-two / eight forty-two
    5 605 six hundred and five / six oh five
    6 1472 fourteen seventy-two
    7 5 B.C. five B.C. (five before Christ)
    8 301 B.C. three hundred and one B.C. / three oh one B.C.
    习题224:把下面的时间用英语说出来
    示例:

    7:25 = twenty-five (minutes) past (or after) seven

    10:45 = a quarter to (or before) eleven

    6:30 = half past (or after) six

    12:19 = nineteen minutes past (or after) twelve

    序号 时间 英语表达
    1 1:05 five past one
    2 4:45 a quarter to five
    3 12:00 twelve o’clock / noon (中午) / midnight (午夜)
    4 2:50 ten to three
    5 8:15 a quarter past eight
    6 6:09 nine past six

    参考:五的倍数(five, ten, fifteen…)后面的minutes通常可以省略。

    习题225:把下面的基数改为序数词
    示例:

    six (sixth); 6 (6th)

    序号 基数词 序数词(英文) 序数词(缩写)
    1 one; 1 first 1st
    2 two; 2 second 2nd
    3 three; 3 third 3rd
    4 four; 4 fourth 4th
    5 five; 5 fifth 5th
    6 eleven; 11 eleventh 11th
    7 twelve; 12 twelfth 12th
    8 thirteen; 13 thirteenth 13th
    9 nine; 9 ninth 9th
    10 twenty; 20 twentieth 20th
    11 twenty-one; 21 twenty-first 21st
    12 twenty-two; 22 twenty-second 22nd
    13 twenty-three; 23 twenty-third 23rd
    14 ninety-nine; 99 ninety-ninth 99th
    15 one hundred; 100 one hundredth 100th
    习题226:念出下面的英语
    示例:

    Lesson 10 (lesson ten; the tenth lesson)

    Chapter 3 and 4 (chapter three and four; chapters three and four; the third and the fourth chapter; the third and fourth chapters)

    1. World War I → World War One; the First World War
    2. Page 3 → page three; the third page
    3. Charles V → Charles the Fifth
    4. Henry VIII → Henry the Eighth
    5. Louis XVI → Louis the Sixteenth
    6. Room 204 → room two hundred and four
    7. No.35 → number thirty-five
    8. Lesson 9 and 10 → lesson nine and ten; lessons nine and ten; the ninth and the tenth lesson; the ninth and tenth lessons
    习题227:把下面的日期用英语说出来
    示例:

    Oct. 10 (October the tenth)

    序号 日期 英语表达
    1 Jan. 1 January the first
    2 Feb. 28 February the twenty-eighth
    3 Mar. 29 March the twenty-ninth
    4 Apr. 5 April the fifth
    5 May 5 May the fifth
    6 Jun. 24 June the twenty-fourth
    7 Jul. 7 July the seventh
    8 Aug. 17 August the seventeenth
    9 Sep. 28 September the twenty-eighth
    10 Oct. 25 October the twenty-fifth
    11 Nov. 15 November the fifteenth
    12 Dec. 31 December the thirty-first
    习题228:把下面的分数用英语说出来
    示例:

    1/6 (one sixth)

    1. \(1/2\) → one half
    2. \(1/3\) → one third
    3. \(2/3\) → two thirds
    4. \(1/4\) → one fourth; a quarter
    5. \(3/4\) → three fourths; three quarters
    6. \(1/5\) → one fifth
    7. \(2/5\) → two fifths
    8. \(13/5\) → one and three fifths
    9. \(3\frac{4}{5}\) → three and four fifths
    10. \(11/58\) → eleven fifty-eighths; eleven over fifty-eight

    参考:分数的分母用序数词,分子用基数词;分子大于1时分母需加-s。

    习题229:把下面的次数(或倍数)念出来
    序号 基数词 次数/倍数表达 中文释义
    1 one once 一次
    2 two twice; two times 两次
    3 three thrice; three times 三次
    4 four four times 四次
    5 five five times 五次
    习题230:用英语念出下面的算数式
    1. 5 + 3 = 8

      Five plus three equals eight.

    2. 9 – 2 = 7

      Nine minus two equals seven.

    3. 7 × 3 = 21

      Seven multiplied by three equals twenty-one; Seven times three equals twenty-one.

    4. 12 ÷ 4 = 3

      Twelve divided by four equals three.

    5. \(\frac{2}{3} + \frac{3}{4} = 1 \frac{5}{12}\)

      Two thirds plus three fourths equals one and five twelfths.

    13-3 量词(Classifiers)

    知识点讲解

    定义:量词是用于明确名词“分量”或“群体”的数量词,核心分为两类:

    1. 不可数名词分量量词:用于修饰物质名词或抽象名词,需搭配“a + 量词 + of + 不可数名词”结构;
    2. 可数名词群体量词:用于修饰可数名词,表“一群、一组”,搭配“a + 量词 + of + 可数名词复数”结构。

    注意:量词可被数词或形容词修饰(a small piece of cake 一小块蛋糕;eight glasses of water 八杯水)。

    不可数名词分量量词(核心)
    量词结构 搭配名词类型 示例
    a cup of tea, coffee, cocoa, hot chocolate, (warm) milk等 a cup of tea(一杯茶)
    a glass of water, ice-tea, milk, lemonade, orange juice, wine等 a glass of water(一杯水)
    a bottle of ink, milk, wine, whiskey, brandy等 a bottle of ink(一瓶墨水)
    a can of oil, beer, orange juice等 a can of beer(一罐啤酒)
    a tube of toothpaste等 a tube of toothpaste(一管牙膏)
    a piece of paper, chalk, wood, glass, land, luggage, furniture, work, news, information, advice等 a piece of advice(一条建议)
    an article of news, furniture, clothing等 an article of clothing(一件衣服)
    a sheet of paper, tin, glass, metal等 a sheet of paper(一张纸)
    a loaf of bread等 a loaf of bread(一条面包)
    a slice of bread, ham, pork, beef, mutton, turkey等 a slice of bread(一片面包)
    a lump of sugar等 a lump of sugar(一块方糖)
    a bar of soap, chocolate, metal, iron等 a bar of soap(一块肥皂)
    a grain of rice, corn, sugar, salt, sand等 a grain of rice(一粒米)
    a drop of water, rain, blood等 a drop of blood(一滴血)
    a spoonful / cupful of water, sugar, salt等 a spoonful of salt(一勺盐)
    可数名词群体量词(核心)
    量词结构 搭配名词类型 示例
    a flock of sheep, goats, rabbits, geese, sparrows, birds, people等 a flock of sheep(一群羊)
    a drove of cows, oxen, sheep, deer(移动或被驱赶时)等 a drove of cattle(一群牛)
    a herd of cattle, deer, elephants(进食或四处活动时)等 a herd of elephants(一群大象)
    a pack of wolves, hounds, knaves, thieves, lies等 a pack of wolves(一群狼)
    a swarm of ants, bees, locusts, people等 a swarm of bees(一群蜜蜂)
    a group / throng / crowd of people, students等 a crowd of people(一群人)
    a band of robbers, fugitives, rebels等 a band of robbers(一伙强盗)
    a school / shoal of fish等 a school of fish(一群鱼)
    a couple of eggs, friends, days, weeks, months, years等 a couple of days(两天/几天)
    量词用法示例

    1. 不可数名词分量量词:

    Would you like a piece of cake?(你想吃一块蛋糕吗?)

    Give me a glass of water, please.(请给我一杯水。)

    She ate a small piece of cake.(她吃了一小块蛋糕。——量词被形容词small修饰)

    2. 可数名词群体量词:

    We saw a herd of cattle grazing in the field.(我们看到一群牛在田里吃草。)

    A swarm of bees are gathering honey from the flowers.(一群蜜蜂在花丛中采蜜。)

    习题231:依照例句填入适当的「量词」
    示例:

    I drink a cup of coffee every morning.

    She bought a new bottle yesterday.

    1. Would you like a cup of tea? Yes, please.
    2. May I have a glass of milk?
    3. I’m going to buy a new pair of shoes.
    4. Get me a loaf of bread, please.
    5. How many bars of soap do you want?
    6. There’s a cake of soap in the bathroom.
    7. Let me give you a piece of advice.
    8. I ate three slices of bread this morning.
    9. We need several articles of furniture for our new house.
    10. He wrote my name and address on a sheet of paper.
    11. She wrote the new words on the blackboard with a piece of chalk.
    12. Put two spoons of salt into the soup.
    13. I put two lumps of sugar into my coffee.
    14. Get me a tube of toothpaste, please.
    15. How much does a gallon of gasoline cost?
    习题232:从下列的词里选出适当的「量词」填入空白裡:piece, lump, head, ear, blade, drop, bar, flash, suit, mouthful, school, swarm, pair, flock
    1. I gave each of them a piece of candy.
    2. She went into the bathroom for a bar of soap.
    3. I need a lump of sugar for my coffee.
    4. She cut up a head of lettuce for the salad.
    5. We saw a flash of lightning in the sky.
    6. He pulled a blade of grass from the garden.
    7. The bird had a mouthful of bread in his mouth.
    8. Her gift was an unusual piece of jewelry.
    9. There wasn’t an ear of corn left in the vegetable garden.
    10. We haven’t had a drop of rain for at least a month.
    11. He picked up a lump of sand from the beach.
    12. She drank a mouthful of water from the pitcher.
    13. He pulled out a piece of change from his pocket.
    14. I bought a suit of clothes in Tokyo.
    15. The black object was a lump of coal.
    16. Could you lend me a pair of scissors?
    17. A flock of birds are hovering around the farm.
    18. A flock of people were crowding into the theater.
    19. A swarm of bees were attacking the bear.
    20. We saw a school of fish in the river.

    第14章 代名词

    本章核心知识点总览

    代名词(Pronoun)是用来代替名词或名词组的词类,核心作用是避免名词重复,使语言简洁。本章系统讲解人称代名词、人称代名词的格、性属一致、反身代名词、指示代名词、疑问代名词、关系代名词、复合代名词的完整用法,包含所有规则、表格、习题与标准答案,是英语语法核心章节。

    14-1 人称代名词(Personal Pronouns)

    知识点讲解

    人称代名词根据人称、数、格、性进行变化,是英语最基础的代名词体系。

    三身分类:

    • 第一身:说话人自己 / 群体(I, we)
    • 第二身:说话对象(you)
    • 第三身:被谈论的人或事物(he, she, it, they)

    14-1-1 人称代名词的完整变化表

    人称代名词三态变化表(主格 / 所有格 / 受格)
    人称 主格
    (主语)
    所有格
    (形容词性)
    受格
    (宾语)
    第一身 单数 I my me 通性
    复数 we our us 通性
    第二身 单/复 you your you 通性
    第三身 单数 he his him 阳性
    she her her 阴性
    it its it 中性
    复数 they their them 通性

    14-1-2 人称代名词的格(主格 vs 受格)

    核心用法规则
    • 主格(Nominative):作句子主语,放在动词前
    • 受格(Objective):作动词或介词宾语,放在动词/介词后
    • 所有格(Possessive):修饰名词,表示“……的”

    例句:
    I love you. (主格 I + 受格 you)
    My book is new. (所有格 my 修饰名词 book)

    14-2 代名词的性属一致(Gender Agreement)

    知识点讲解

    代名词必须与它所代替的名词性、数、格保持一致:

    • 阳性名词(man, boy, father)→ he / him / his
    • 阴性名词(woman, girl, mother)→ she / her / hers
    • 中性名词(book, desk, tree, animal)→ it / its
    • 复数名词(books, people, students)→ they / them / their

    14-3 反身代名词(Reflexive Pronouns)

    知识点讲解

    反身代名词表示“……自己”,由「所有格 + self / selves」构成。

    构成规则:

    • 单数:myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself
    • 复数:ourselves, yourselves, themselves

    用法:主语和宾语是同一个人时使用。

    例句:I hurt myself.(我伤到了我自己。)

    反身代名词完整表
    人称 单数 复数
    第一身 myself ourselves
    第二身 yourself yourselves
    第三身阳 himself themselves
    第三身阴 herself themselves
    第三身中 itself themselves

    14-4 指示代名词(Demonstrative Pronouns)

    知识点讲解

    用来指示人或事物的代名词:

    • this(这个)、that(那个)→ 单数
    • these(这些)、those(那些)→ 复数

    区别:this/these 指近处;that/those 指远处。

    14-5 疑问代名词(Interrogative Pronouns)

    知识点讲解

    用来构成疑问句的代名词:

    • who(谁,主格)
    • whom(谁,受格)
    • whose(谁的)
    • what(什么)
    • which(哪一个)

    14-6 关系代名词(Relative Pronouns)

    知识点讲解

    用来引导定语从句,连接先行词与从句:

    • who / whom / whose → 指人
    • which → 指事物
    • that → 人/事物通用

    14-7 复合代名词(Compound Pronouns)

    知识点讲解

    由 some / any / no / every + body / one / thing 构成:

    • someone, somebody, something
    • anyone, anybody, anything
    • no one, nobody, nothing
    • everyone, everybody, everything

    语法特点:全部视为单数

    习题演练

    习题246:用适当的代名词代替斜体部分的名词组(原题1-20)
    1. Bob’s grandmother came from England. → She came from England.
    2. Where have George and George’s wife been? → Where have they been?
    3. Where had George and George’s wife been? → Where had they been?
    4. The child’s clothes were dirty. → They were dirty.
    5. How old is Bill and Linda’s baby? → How old is it?
    6. That’s the cow I want; lead the cow over there, please. → That’s the cow I want; lead her over there, please.
    7. That elephant lost the elephant’s calf. → That elephant lost its calf.
    8. The baby had lost the baby’s toy. → The baby had lost its toy.
    9. The police found the child and returned the child to the child’s parents. → The police found the child and returned him/her to his/her parents.
    10. That’s our cow; the cow gives a lot of milk. → That’s our cow; she gives a lot of milk.
    11. Is that your baby girl? My, how the baby girl has grown! → Is that your baby girl? My, how she has grown!
    12. The mother elephant bathes the mother elephant’s baby in the river. → The mother elephant bathes her baby in the river.
    13. The cattle milled around uneasily in the pen. → They milled around uneasily in the pen.
    14. The rooster’s crowing woke us at dawn. → Its crowing woke us at dawn.
    15. Is Joe a friend of Jane’s? → Is he a friend of hers?
    16. The boat was Harry and Bob’s. → It was Harry and Bob’s.
    17. Dick seemed to enjoy all the group’s decisions. → Dick seemed to enjoy all their decisions.
    18. This is my vegetable garden, and that’s my wife’s flower garden. → This is my vegetable garden, and that’s hers.
    19. The system in their office seemed more efficient than our system. → Their system seemed more efficient than ours.
    20. The jury couldn’t agree on the case. → It/They couldn’t agree on the case.(强调整体用it,强调个体用they)
    习题247:阳性与阴性名词配对(原题)
    示例:actor (he) ↔ actress (she)
    阳性名词(he) 阴性名词(she) 配对结果
    count countess count (he) ↔ countess (she)
    cock hen cock (he) ↔ hen (she)
    hero heroine hero (he) ↔ heroine (she)
    bachelor spinster bachelor (he) ↔ spinster (she)
    ram ewe ram (he) ↔ ewe (she)
    monk nun monk (he) ↔ nun (she)
    sir madam sir (he) ↔ madam (she)
    wizard witch wizard (he) ↔ witch (she)
    bridegroom bride bridegroom (he) ↔ bride (she)
    host hostess host (he) ↔ hostess (she)
    steward stewardess steward (he) ↔ stewardess (she)
    bull cow bull (he) ↔ cow (she)
    grandfather grandmother grandfather (he) ↔ grandmother (she)
    nephew niece nephew (he) ↔ niece (she)
    landlord landlady landlord (he) ↔ landlady (she)
    king queen king (he) ↔ queen (she)
    prince princess prince (he) ↔ princess (she)
    manservant maidservant manservant (he) ↔ maidservant (she)
    son daughter son (he) ↔ daughter (she)
    widower widow widower (he) ↔ widow (she)
    horse mare horse (he) ↔ mare (she)
    master mistress master (he) ↔ mistress (she)
    duke duchess duke (he) ↔ duchess (she)
    gentleman lady gentleman (he) ↔ lady (she)
    heir heiress heir (he) ↔ heiress (she)
    习题248:依照例句改写下列句子(原题1-6)
    示例:I know you. → You know me.
    1. I like him. → He likes me.
    2. She needs them. → They need her.
    3. We take care of it. → It is taken care of by us.
    4. You ran after her. → She ran after you.
    5. They understand us. → We understand them.
    6. He is watching you carefully. → You are being watched carefully by him.
    习题249:用适当的代名词代替斜体部分的名词或名词组(原题1-10)
    1. John brought some sweets for his aunt. → He brought some sweets for her.
    2. The teacher explained the problem to the student. → He/She explained the problem to him/her.
    3. My sister and I told my little brother a story. → We told him a story.
    4. Henry and his wife came to see Charles and Susan. → They came to see them.
    5. My friend and I told Mr. Smith about our trip last month. → We told him about our trip last month.
    6. Bob will find her coat for Jane. → Bob will find it for her.
    7. Betty gave a lot of presents to Bob and Jane. → She gave a lot of presents to them.
    8. The boys went into the garden, where the boys saw the snake. → They went into the garden, where they saw it.
    9. Very soon the Rabbit noticed as Alice went hunting about, and called out to Alice in an angry tone. → Very soon the Rabbit noticed as she went hunting about, and called out to her in an angry tone.
    10. John had taken his watch out of his pocket, and was looking at the watch uneasily, shaking the watch every now and then, and holding the watch to his ear. → John had taken his watch out of his pocket, and was looking at it uneasily, shaking it every now and then, and holding it to his ear.
    习题250:选出正确的语词(原题1-20)
    1. (We, us) all went to the movies with (they, them). → We; them
      We作主语用主格,with后接宾语用受格them
    2. What’s the name of (he, him) who came first? → him
      介词of后接宾语用受格him
    3. The best ones are always bought by (he, him) who can pay the most. → him
      介词by后接宾语用受格him
    4. There’s a friendly agreement between Mr. Smith and (I, me). → me
      介词between后接宾语用受格me
    5. Let you and (I, me) try what we can do. → me
      动词let后接宾语用受格me
    6. We scored as many goals as (they, them). → they / them
      正式用主格they,口语用受格them
    7. He loves you more than (I, me) (love you). → I
      than后省略动词love you,用主格I
    8. He loves you more than (he loves) (I, me). → me
      than后省略主语he loves,用受格me
    9. You are a better golfer than (he, him). → he / him
      正式用主格he,口语用受格him
    10. Let (we, us) all go for a walk except (she, her), since (she, her) is so tired. → us; her; she
      let后用us,except后用her,第二分句主语用she
    11. Do you think (he, him) is stronger than (I, me)? → he; I / me
      第一空为主语用he,第二空正式用I,口语用me
    12. It was (she, her) that went out just now, wasn’t it? → she / her
      正式用主格she,口语用受格her
    13. It was (she, her) you meant, wasn’t it? → her
      动词meant的宾语用受格her
    14. I know you’re bigger than (I, me), in fact you’re bigger than (we, us) both, but it doesn’t scare me. → I / me; us
      第二空后有both,用受格us
    15. John thought the visitor to be (I, me); he mistook (I, me) for the visitor. → me; me
      宾语补语和动词mistook的宾语均用me
    16. I saw (she, her) fall down as (she, her) was walking across the street. → her; she
      第一空为宾语用her,第二空为主语用she
    17. We thought (he, him) was the best player; we thought (he, him) the best player. → he; him
      第一空为主语从句主语用he,第二空为宾语补语用him
    18. If you were (I, me), would you ever believe (he, him) to be honest? → me; him
      口语中be动词后用me,宾语补语用him
    19. They elected (you, he and I; me, you and him; you, him and me) to investigate the matter. → you, him and me
      并列宾语用受格,语序为you→him→me(礼貌原则)
    20. Well, let’s pretend for a moment: I’ll be (she, her) and you be (I, me). Now imagine there’s a quarrel between (she, her) and (I, me). How would you settle it? → her; me; her; me
      be动词后口语用受格,介词between后用受格
    习题251:依照例句改写下列句子(原题1-4)
    示例:He bought a book.
    • 强调用法:He bought a book himself; he himself bought a book.
    • 反身用法:He bought himself a book; he bought a book for himself.
    1. Jane is going to write a letter.
      • 强调用法:Jane is going to write a letter herself; Jane herself is going to write a letter.
      • 反身用法:Jane is going to write herself a letter; Jane is going to write a letter for herself.
    2. Jack has gone to buy a coat.
      • 强调用法:Jack has gone to buy a coat himself; Jack himself has gone to buy a coat.
      • 反身用法:Jack has gone to buy himself a coat; Jack has gone to buy a coat for himself.
    3. Miss Wood taught the lesson.
      • 强调用法:Miss Wood taught the lesson herself; Miss Wood herself taught the lesson.
      • 反身用法:(无反身用法,因“教课程”的承受者不是主语本身)
    4. James made a big sandwich.
      • 强调用法:James made a big sandwich himself; James himself made a big sandwich.
      • 反身用法:James made himself a big sandwich; James made a big sandwich for himself.
    习题252:用适当的反身代名词填空(原题1-15)
    1. I hurt myself when I fell off the bike.
    2. She taught herself to play the piano.
    3. He cut himself while shaving.
    4. We enjoyed ourselves at the party.
    5. You should wash yourself before dinner.
    6. The children dressed themselves without help.
    7. The cat cleaned itself carefully.
    8. My brother and I bought ourselves new shoes.
    9. Did you hurt yourself playing football?
    10. She found herself in a strange place.
    11. He blamed himself for the mistake.
    12. We must help ourselves to the food.
    13. The team prided themselves on their victory.
    14. I saw myself in the mirror.
    15. They introduced themselves to the new teacher.
    习题253:选择正确的指示代名词填空(原题1-10)
    1. This is my pen; that is yours.(this指近处,that指远处)
    2. These books are mine; those are Mary’s.(these/those对应复数名词)
    3. That was a great movie we saw last night.(that指代上文提到的事物)
    4. This is the best coffee I’ve ever tasted.(this指代当前提到的事物)
    5. Those who work hard will succeed.(those指代“那些人”)
    6. Is this your bag? No, that is mine.(this问近处,that答远处)
    7. These apples are fresh; those are rotten.(these/those对比近处和远处的事物)
    8. That is what I want to say.(that指代下文内容)
    9. This is Tom speaking.(打电话用语,this指代自己)
    10. Those days were happy ones.(those指代过去的日子)
    习题254:用适当的疑问代名词填空(原题1-10)
    1. Who is that man over there? He is my father.(对人提问,主格)
    2. Whom did you meet at the station? I met my old friend.(对人提问,受格)
    3. Whose pen is this? It’s mine.(对“所属关系”提问)
    4. What are you doing? I’m reading a book.(对事物/动作提问)
    5. Which do you prefer, tea or coffee? I prefer tea.(在两者中选择)
    6. Who wrote this book? Lu Xun.(对作者提问,主格)
    7. Whom are you talking about? We’re talking about our teacher.(对人提问,介词后用受格)
    8. What is the capital of France? Paris.(对事物提问)
    9. Which book is yours? The red one.(在多个事物中选择)
    10. Whose car is parked outside? It’s Mr. Lee’s.(对“所属关系”提问)
    习题255:用适当的关系代名词填空(原题1-10)
    1. The man who is standing at the door is my uncle.(先行词是人,主格)
    2. The book which I borrowed from the library is very interesting.(先行词是事物)
    3. This is the girl whose mother is a doctor.(先行词是人,表所属)
    4. The house that we visited yesterday is very old.(先行词是事物,通用that)
    5. The woman whom you met at the party is my aunt.(先行词是人,受格)
    6. The dog which is barking is mine.(先行词是动物)
    7. This is the pen that I lost yesterday.(先行词是事物,通用that)
    8. The boy who won the first prize is my classmate.(先行词是人,主格)
    9. The city which I was born in is very beautiful.(先行词是地点)
    10. The student whose essay won the competition is very talented.(先行词是人,表所属)
    习题256:用适当的复合代名词填空(原题1-10)
    1. Someone is knocking at the door. Go and see who it is.(某人)
    2. Is there anyone in the room? No, it’s empty.(任何人,疑问句)
    3. Everyone in the class passed the exam.(每个人)
    4. I have nothing to do this afternoon.(没有事情)
    5. Something is wrong with my phone. It doesn’t work.(某件事)
    6. Did anyone see the accident?(任何人,疑问句)
    7. No one knows the answer to this question.(没有人)
    8. Everything is ready for the party.(一切事物)
    9. I saw someone I know in the street.(某人)
    10. Anything is possible if you work hard.(任何事情,肯定句)
    习题257:综合改错(每题一处错误,原题1-10)
    1. He and me are good friends. → He and I are good friends.
      主语用主格I,不用受格me
    2. Her is taller than him. → She is taller than he/him.
      主语用主格she,than后正式用he,口语用him
    3. This book is your. → This book is yours.
      名词性物主代词yours,不用形容词性your
    4. Who did you talk to? Whom is he? → Who did you talk to? Who is he?
      口语中who可代替whom作宾语,主语用who
    5. The girl which is sitting there is my sister. → The girl who is sitting there is my sister.
      先行词是人,用who不用which
    6. Everyone should do their own work. → Everyone should do his own work.
      everyone是单数,用his不用their
    7. I bought a book for me. → I bought a book for myself.
      主语和宾语是同一人,用反身代名词myself
    8. These are mine books. → These are my books.
      修饰名词用形容词性物主代词my,不用名词性mine
    9. Who’s book is this? → Whose book is this?
      对所属关系提问用whose,不用who’s(who is的缩写)
    10. They enjoyed them at the party. → They enjoyed themselves at the party.
      主语和宾语是同一人,用反身代名词themselves

    第15章 名词子句

    本章核心知识点总览

    名词子句(noun clause)是将完整句子当作名词使用,可充当主语、宾语、补语或同位语的语法结构。英语名词子句主要分为四类:that-子句、wh-子句、不定词子句、动名词子句。核心逻辑是“句子名词化”,通过连接词引导,保留原句含义并赋予名词功能,关键掌握引导词用法、语序规则、主从句逻辑关系及转换省略规则,使语言表达更灵活简洁。本章完整涵盖教材中所有知识点、公式、表格及习题,编号严格遵循原题顺序,解析详尽易懂。

    15-1 名词子句的定义与分类

    知识点讲解

    除名词或名词组外,完整句子可通过特定结构充当主语、宾语、补语等名词性成分,这类具备名词功能的句子即为名词子句。名词子句的核心价值在于避免重复、丰富表达,使句子结构更复杂且逻辑更清晰。

    四类名词子句对比表(含功能说明)

    类型 构成方式 简单名词/名词组示例 名词子句示例 核心功能
    that-子句 that + 陈述句 The news was a surprise.(主语) That he passed the examination was a surprise.(主语) 陈述事实、观点或结论
    wh-子句 wh-词 + 陈述语序 The question hasn’t been decided yet.(主语) Who will be in charge of the project hasn’t been decided yet.(主语) 表达疑问、选择或不确定信息
    不定词子句 (for + 主语)+ to + 原形动词 English is easy.(补语) It is easy for us to study English.(补语) 表达动作、目的或可能性
    动名词子句 动名词(短语) Nobody knows the truth.(宾语) Nobody knows my going to Japan.(宾语) 表达动作、事件或习惯

    15-2 that-子句

    知识点讲解

    that-子句由连接词that引导陈述句构成,结构为:that + 完整陈述句

    核心规则(必记):

    1. that无实际词义,不充当句子成分(主语、宾语等),仅起连接作用;
    2. that-子句前的介词必须删除(如insist on that → 错误,正确为insist that);
    3. that-子句作主语时,为避免头重脚轻,可移至句尾,用it填补原主语位置(形式主语结构);
    4. that的省略规则:作主语时不可省略;作宾语或补语时可省略(口语中更常见)。
    原句(头重脚轻):That he finished his job all by himself is impossible.
    转换句(形式主语):It is impossible that he finished his job all by himself.(推荐用法)

    形式主语结构总结: It + be动词/特定动词 + 形容词/名词 + that-子句

    that-子句构成逻辑与句式转换
    \[\frac{ 陈述句:John has arrived }{ 名词子句:that John has arrived }\] \[→ I know that John has arrived.(宾语从句,that可省略)\] \[→ That John has arrived is true.(主语从句,that不可省略)\] \[→ It is true that John has arrived.(形式主语结构,推荐)\]
    错误示例:She admitted that to me.(that-子句前不可加介词)
    正确示例:She admitted to me that she was wrong.(介词后接宾语,that-子句后置)
    错误示例:My brother insists on that you come.(that-子句前不可加介词on)
    正确示例:My brother insists that you come.(直接接that-子句)
    可接that-子句的动词、形容词与名词(分类记忆):
    1. 接宾语的动词(高频):
    say, write, explain, deny, hope, think, suppose, consider, believe, know, find (out), learn, understand, notice, feel, agree, decide, claim, insist, promise, regret
    2. 接主语的形容词(高频):
    good, nice, right, wrong, sure, certain, (un)likely, (im)possible, necessary, important, strange, obvious, natural, fortunate
    (常用句型:It is + 形容词 + that-子句)
    3. 接主语的名词(高频):
    a good thing, a shame, a pity, a miracle, no wonder, a surprise
    4. 只能用于It…that-子句的动词:
    seem, appear, happen, chance, turn out, may be, must be, can (not) be
    习题272:用that连接下列句子(原题1-10,含转换规则)
    示例解析:
    例1:He has left the city. / They believe it. → They believe that he has left the city.(that-子句作宾语,that可省略)
    例2:You work hard. → That you work hard is important. / It is important that you work hard.(that-子句作主语,推荐形式主语结构)
    例3:They got married last week. → I found it true that they got married last week.(it作形式宾语,that-子句后置)
    1. We don’t have to go to school today. I forgot it.
      I forgot that we don’t have to go to school today.
      that-子句作宾语,that可省略;句意:我忘了我们今天不用上学。
    2. He is not coming. I don’t know about it.
      I don’t know that he is not coming.
      删除介词about,直接接that-子句作宾语;句意:我不知道他不来了。
    3. I cannot go. I am sorry about it.
      I am sorry that I cannot go.
      删除介词about,that-子句作原因状语;句意:很抱歉我不能去。
    4. He is right. He is sure of it.
      He is sure that he is right.
      删除介词of,that-子句作宾语;句意:他确信自己是对的。
    5. You go there at once. It is necessary.
      It is necessary that you go there at once.
      that-子句作主语,用形式主语结构;句意:你必须立刻去那里。
    6. He has left school. Is it true?
      Is it true that he has left school?
      一般疑问句形式,that-子句作真正主语;句意:他退学了,是真的吗?
    7. He didn’t have enough money. It appeared so.
      It appeared that he didn’t have enough money.
      固定句型It appeared that…(似乎……),that-子句作主语;句意:他似乎没有足够的钱。
    8. We would see each other every week. We agreed on it.
      We agreed that we would see each other every week.
      删除介词on,that-子句作宾语;句意:我们约定每周见面。
    9. You get there in time. They consider it important.
      They consider it important that you get there in time.
      it作形式宾语,that-子句后置;句意:他们认为你及时赶到很重要。
    10. He won the election. It was fortunate.
      It was fortunate that he won the election.
      形式主语结构,that-子句作真正主语;句意:他赢得选举真是幸运。
    习题273:用that连接句子并改为被动式(原题1-10,含被动转换规则)
    示例解析:
    例1:She is very rich. / They say it. → They say that she is very rich.(主动式)/ It is said that she is very rich.(被动式,形式主语结构)
    例2:He has succeeded. / It surprises me. → It surprises me that he has succeeded.(主动式)/ I am surprised that he has succeeded.(被动式,形容词化)
    被动转换核心规则:
    1. 主语+动词+that-子句 → It + be+过去分词+that-子句(通用);
    2. It+动词+宾语+that-子句 → 宾语+be+过去分词+that-子句(形容词化动词专用)。
    1. He will go. They expect it. It amazes me.
      They expect that he will go. / It is expected that he will go. / It amazes me that he will go. / I am amazed that he will go.
      前两句转换为通用被动式,后两句转换为形容词化被动式;句意:他们预计他会去。/ 预计他会去。/ 他会去这件事让我很惊讶。/ 我对他会去感到惊讶。
    2. She speaks English so fluently. It amazes me.
      It amazes me that she speaks English so fluently. / I am amazed that she speaks English so fluently.
      主动式+形容词化被动式;句意:她英语说得这么流利,让我很惊讶。
    3. The project would never succeed. Someone explained it to me.
      Someone explained to me that the project would never succeed. / It was explained to me that the project would never succeed.
      主动式(explain to sb. that…)+ 通用被动式;句意:有人向我解释说这个项目永远不会成功。
    4. She never answered his letters. It bothered him.
      It bothered him that she never answered his letters. / He was bothered that she never answered his letters.
      主动式+形容词化被动式;句意:她从不回复他的信,这让他很烦恼。
    5. He was selfish. You must never say so.
      You must never say that he was selfish. / It must never be said that he was selfish.
      主动式+通用被动式;句意:你绝不能说他自私。/ 绝不能说他自私。
    6. We eat with chopsticks. It amuses her. We thought so.
      It amuses her that we eat with chopsticks. / She is amused that we eat with chopsticks. / We thought that we eat with chopsticks.
      前两句转换为形容词化被动式,第三句为简单that-子句作宾语;句意:我们用筷子吃饭让她觉得有趣。/ 她对我们用筷子吃饭感到有趣。/ 我们以为我们用筷子吃饭。
    7. The examination would take place the next week. We thought so. It annoyed his brother.
      We thought that the examination would take place the next week. / It was thought that the examination would take place the next week. / It annoyed his brother that the examination would take place the next week. / His brother was annoyed that the examination would take place the next week.
      前两句为主动式+通用被动式,后两句为主动式+形容词化被动式;句意:我们以为考试会在下周举行。/ 人们以为考试会在下周举行。/ 考试在下周举行让他哥哥很恼火。
    8. He kept asking for more money. It annoyed his brother. They have decided on it.
      It annoyed his brother that he kept asking for more money. / His brother was annoyed that he kept asking for more money. / They have decided that he kept asking for more money. / It has been decided that he kept asking for more money.
      前两句为形容词化被动式,后两句为主动式+通用被动式;句意:他不断要钱让他哥哥很恼火。/ 他们已经认定他不断要钱。
    9. A new branch will be opened next year. They have decided on it. It shocked their teacher.
      They have decided that a new branch will be opened next year. / It has been decided that a new branch will be opened next year. / It shocked their teacher that a new branch will be opened next year. / Their teacher was shocked that a new branch will be opened next year.
      前两句为主动式+通用被动式,后两句为主动式+形容词化被动式;句意:他们已经决定明年开设一家新分店。/ 明年开设新分店让他们的老师很震惊。
    10. Twenty students failed the course. It shocked their teacher.
      It shocked their teacher that twenty students failed the course. / Their teacher was shocked that twenty students failed the course.
      主动式+形容词化被动式;句意:二十名学生不及格,这让他们的老师很震惊。
    习题274:用that连接句子(同位语用法,原题1-10,含同位语说明)
    示例解析:
    例1:Modern airplanes are fast. / Everybody recognizes the fact. → Everybody recognizes the fact that modern airplanes are fast.
    (that-子句作fact的同位语,解释fact的具体内容,不可省略)
    例2:He would leave soon. / The idea disturbed his wife. → The idea that he would leave soon disturbed his wife. / The idea disturbed his wife that he would leave soon.
    (that-子句作idea的同位语,可置于名词后或句尾,不可省略)
    同位语that-子句核心特点:
    1. 修饰抽象名词(fact, idea, news, rumor, advice, suggestion等);
    2. 解释名词的具体内容,与名词是“同等关系”;
    3. that不可省略,且无疑问语气。
    1. I would be on time. The thought pleased me.
      The thought that I would be on time pleased me.
      that-子句作thought的同位语,解释“想法”的内容;句意:我会准时的这个想法让我很高兴。
    2. The enemy were near. The news alarmed the citizens.
      The news that the enemy were near alarmed the citizens.
      that-子句作news的同位语,解释“消息”的内容;句意:敌人逼近的消息让市民们感到恐慌。
    3. Fire burns. No one can deny the fact.
      No one can deny the fact that fire burns.
      that-子句作fact的同位语,解释“事实”的内容;句意:没人能否认火会燃烧这一事实。
    4. There will be a general election. The rumor goes around.
      The rumor that there will be a general election goes around.
      that-子句作rumor的同位语,解释“谣言”的内容;句意:将会举行大选的谣言四处流传。
    5. They should consider seriously. They did not pay attention to the advice.
      They did not pay attention to the advice that they should consider seriously.
      that-子句作advice的同位语,解释“建议”的内容;句意:他们没有重视应该认真考虑的建议。
    6. He forgot all about his appointment. The realization embarrassed Bob.
      The realization that he forgot all about his appointment embarrassed Bob.
      that-子句作realization的同位语,解释“意识到”的内容;句意:鲍勃意识到自己完全忘了约会,这让他很尴尬。
    7. We reconsider the plan. The suggestion never came up.
      The suggestion that we reconsider the plan never came up.
      that-子句作suggestion的同位语,解释“建议”的内容;句意:重新考虑这个计划的建议从未被提出。
    8. They adopt the resolution. We passed the proposal.
      We passed the proposal that they adopt the resolution.
      that-子句作proposal的同位语,解释“提案”的内容;句意:我们通过了让他们采纳这项决议的提案。
    9. The enemy were launching an attack. The information was passed on to the commander in chief.
      The information that the enemy were launching an attack was passed on to the commander in chief.
      that-子句作information的同位语,解释“信息”的内容;句意:敌人正在发动进攻的信息被传递给了总司令。
    10. Should we or shouldn’t we contribute? The question came up during the discussion.
      The question whether we should contribute or not came up during the discussion.
      表疑问的同位语从句用whether引导(不用that),解释“问题”的内容;句意:我们是否应该捐款的问题在讨论中被提了出来。
    习题275:将斜体部分动词改为否定式(原题1-10,含否定规则)
    示例解析:
    例1:I know he will come. → I know he won’t come.(否定从句动词,直接加not)
    例2:I knew he will come. → I didn’t know he will come.(否定主句动词,从句不变)
    例3:I think he will come. → I don’t think he will come.(否定转移:think/believe等动词的否定需转移到主句)
    否定规则总结:
    1. 普通动词(know, learn, realize等):否定主句动词或从句动词均可(语义不同);
    2. 观点类动词(think, believe, imagine, suppose等):否定需转移到主句(否定转移);
    3. 情感类动词(hope, wish等):否定从句动词(不可否定主句)。
    1. I hope he will fail.
      I hope he won’t fail.
      hope为情感类动词,否定从句动词;句意:我希望他不会失败。
    2. I imagine he will pass.
      I imagine he won’t pass. / I don’t imagine he will pass.
      imagine为观点类动词,可否定从句或转移否定;句意:我认为他不会通过。
    3. I imagine he will pass.
      I imagine he won’t pass. / I don’t imagine he will pass.
      同第2题,两种否定方式均可,语义一致。
    4. I learned that there was enough time.
      I didn’t learn that there was enough time. / I learned that there wasn’t enough time.
      learn为普通动词,否定主句(我不知道有足够时间)或从句(我知道没有足够时间),语义不同。
    5. He realized that time was getting short.
      He didn’t realize that time was getting short. / He realized that time wasn’t getting short.
      realize为普通动词,否定主句(他没意识到时间紧迫)或从句(他意识到时间不紧迫),语义不同。
    6. I realized he could hear very well.
      I didn’t realize he could hear very well. / I realized he couldn’t hear very well.
      realize为普通动词,否定主句(我没意识到他听力很好)或从句(我意识到他听力不好),语义不同。
    7. He’s sure he will succeed.
      He’s not sure he will succeed. / He’s sure he won’t succeed.
      sure为形容词,否定形容词(他不确定会成功)或从句(他确定不会成功),语义不同。
    8. He is sure he will succeed.
      He is not sure he will succeed. / He is sure he won’t succeed.
      同第7题,两种否定方式均可,语义不同。
    9. She found that you missed something.
      She didn’t find that you missed something. / She found that you didn’t miss anything.
      find为普通动词,否定主句(她没发现你漏了东西)或从句(她发现你没漏东西),语义不同;从句否定需将something改为anything。
    10. I guess somebody told you that.
      I don’t guess somebody told you that. / I guess nobody told you that.
      guess为观点类动词,可转移否定(我认为没人告诉你)或否定从句(将somebody改为nobody),语义一致。
    习题276:用指定表达回答问句(原题1-10,含用法说明)
    示例解析:
    Will it be fine tomorrow? (think) → Yes, I think so.(肯定回答)/ No, I don’t think so.(否定回答)/ No, I think not.(否定回答,更简洁)
    常用表达用法:
    1. think/believe/suppose:Yes, I think so. / No, I don’t think so.(I think not较少用);
    2. hope:Yes, I hope so. / No, I hope not.(不可说I don’t hope so);
    3. afraid:No, I’m afraid not.(常用否定回答,肯定用I’m afraid so);
    4. guess:Yes, I guess so. / No, I guess not.(两种否定均可)。
    1. You haven’t caught cold, have you? (think)
      Yes, I think so. / No, I don’t think so. / No, I think not.
      反义疑问句,用think回答,三种形式均可;句意:你没感冒,对吗?——是的,我认为没感冒。/ 不,我认为感冒了。
    2. It’s time to go, isn’t it? (believe)
      Yes, I believe so. / No, I don’t believe so.
      反义疑问句,用believe回答,否定不用I believe not;句意:该走了,对吗?——是的,我认为该走了。
    3. Do you think it will keep fine today? (afraid)
      No, I’m afraid not. / Yes, I’m afraid so.
      用afraid回答,否定常用I’m afraid not;句意:你认为今天会一直晴天吗?——不,恐怕不会。
    4. Will you be at the party tonight? (hope)
      Yes, I hope so. / No, I hope not.
      用hope回答,不可说I don’t hope so;句意:你今晚能去派对吗?——是的,我希望能去。/ 不,我希望不能去。
    5. Can’t you ask for help? (guess)
      Yes, I guess so. / No, I guess not.
      用guess回答,两种否定均可;句意:你不能求助吗?——是的,我想我能。/ 不,我想我不能。
    6. He left a week ago, didn’t he? (believe)
      Yes, I believe so. / No, I don’t believe so.
      反义疑问句,用believe回答;句意:他一周前走了,对吗?——是的,我认为是。
    7. Is there time for another cup of coffee? (think)
      Yes, I think so. / No, I don’t think so.
      用think回答;句意:还有时间再喝一杯咖啡吗?——是的,我认为有。
    8. Were you very late? (afraid)
      No, I’m afraid not. / Yes, I’m afraid so.
      用afraid回答;句意:你迟到很久了吗?——不,恐怕没有。
    9. The Volga is the longest river in Europe, isn’t it? (guess)
      Yes, I guess so. / No, I guess not.
      反义疑问句,用guess回答;句意:伏尔加河是欧洲最长的河,对吗?——是的,我想是。
    10. You are having a holiday this year, aren’t you? (hope)
      Yes, I hope so. / No, I hope not.
      反义疑问句,用hope回答;句意:你今年要度假,对吗?——是的,我希望如此。
    习题277:将括号内动词改为适当形式(原题1-12,含虚拟语气规则)
    核心规则(虚拟语气+特殊句型):
    1. 表“提议/请求/命令”的动词(suggest, demand, insist等)后接that-子句:动词用原形(或should + 原形),否定式为not + 原形(或should not + 原形);
    2. 表“重要/需要”的形容词(important, necessary等)后接that-子句:动词用原形(或should + 原形);
    3. wish后接that-子句(与事实相反):现在非事实用过去式,过去非事实用过去完成式;
    4. It is time / would rather后接that-子句:动词用过去式(表建议或偏好)。
    1. I suggested to him that he (give) up smoking.
      (should) give
      suggest表“提议”,that-子句动词用原形或should + 原形;句意:我建议他戒烟。
    2. John insisted that we (be) here by noon.
      (should) be
      insist表“坚持要求”,that-子句动词用原形或should + 原形;句意:约翰坚持要求我们中午前到这里。
    3. He proposed that they (not go) there any more.
      (should) not go
      propose表“提议”,否定式为(should) not + 原形;句意:他提议他们不要再去那里了。
    4. She wishes that she (have) her new coat on.
      had
      wish表现在非事实,动词用过去式;句意:她希望自己穿着新外套。(事实:没穿)
    5. I’m not a millionaire, but I wish I (be).
      were
      wish表现在非事实,be动词一律用were;句意:我不是百万富翁,但我希望是。
    6. Is it necessary he (get) there on time?
      (should) get
      necessary表“必要”,that-子句动词用原形或should + 原形;句意:他有必要准时到那里吗?
    7. She demanded that you (be not) told.
      (should) not be
      demand表“要求”,被动式为(should) not be + 过去分词;句意:她要求不告诉你这件事。
    8. It’s about time you (get) married and (settle) down.
      got; settled
      It’s about time后接that-子句,动词用过去式;句意:你早该结婚定居了。
    9. I would rather you (pay) in cash.
      paid
      would rather后接that-子句,动词用过去式;句意:我宁愿你付现金。
    10. He has made some mistakes, but he wishes he (have not).
      had not made
      wish表过去非事实,动词用过去完成式;句意:他犯了一些错误,但他希望自己没犯过。
    11. It is essential that you (not tell) it to anyone.
      (should) not tell
      essential表“至关重要”,that-子句动词用原形或should + 原形;句意:你绝不能把这件事告诉任何人。
    12. The teacher ordered that they (be) quiet and (not make) any noise.
      (should) be; (should) not make
      order表“命令”,that-子句并列动词均用原形或should + 原形;句意:老师命令他们保持安静,不要吵闹。

    15-3 wh-子句

    知识点讲解

    wh-子句由“wh-词”(who, whom, whose, which, what, when, where, why, whether, how)引导,结构为:wh-词 + 陈述语序的完整句子

    核心规则(必记):

    1. wh-词保留原有词义(如who“谁”、when“何时”),且在子句中充当主语、宾语、状语等成分;
    2. 必须用陈述语序,不可倒装(如I don’t know where he is,而非where is he);
    3. 作主语时可移至句尾,用it填补原主语位置(形式主语结构);
    4. whether与if的区别:介词后、or not前、主语从句中只能用whether,不能用if。
    原句(主语从句):Where he comes from is not important.
    转换句(形式主语):It is not important where he comes from.(推荐,避免头重脚轻)
    错误示例:I don’t know where is he.(疑问句语序,错误)
    正确示例:I don’t know where he is.(陈述语序,正确)
    wh-子句构成逻辑与成分分析
    1. wh-词作主语:
    Somebody broke the record. → I know who broke the record.(who在从句中作主语)
    2. wh-词作宾语:
    John bought something yesterday. → He asked me what John bought yesterday.(what在从句中作宾语)
    3. wh-词作状语:
    They came home sometime. → I wonder when they came home.(when在从句中作时间状语)
    whether与if的用法区别:
    正确:I don’t know whether he will come or not.(or not前用whether)
    错误:I don’t know if he will come or not.(if不可接or not)
    正确:Whether he will come is uncertain.(主语从句用whether)
    错误:If he will come is uncertain.(if不可引导主语从句)
    可接wh-子句的动词(分类记忆):
    1. 表“认知”:know, learn, realize, understand, see, find (out), figure (out), remember, forget;
    2. 表“疑问/决策”:wonder, decide, guess, ask (someone), discuss, choose;
    3. 表“告知/说明”:tell someone, inform someone, advise someone, show someone, teach someone, explain (to someone);
    4. 表“态度”:(not) care, (not) imagine, have (no) idea, be (not) sure。
    习题278:用wh-词连接下列句子(原题1-8,含wh-词选择规则)
    示例解析:
    I have seen her before. / I can’t remember where. → I can’t remember where I have seen her before.
    (根据后句的疑问词where,确定连接词为where,从句用陈述语序)
    wh-词选择规则:
    1. 人 → who(主格)/ whom(受格)/ whose(所有格);
    2. 物/事情 → what/which;
    3. 时间 → when;
    4. 地点 → where;
    5. 原因 → why;
    6. 方式/程度 → how;
    7. 数量 → how many/how much。
    1. He saw her last. He forgot when.
      He forgot when he saw her last.
      时间疑问用when,从句用陈述语序;句意:他忘了上次见到她是什么时候。
    2. She decided not to do it. They don’t care why.
      They don’t care why she decided not to do it.
      原因疑问用why,从句用陈述语序;句意:他们不在乎她为什么决定不做这件事。
    3. He got that idea. I don’t know where.
      I don’t know where he got that idea.
      地点疑问用where,从句用陈述语序;句意:我不知道他从哪里得到的那个想法。
    4. Somebody paid the bill. I wonder who.
      I wonder who paid the bill.
      人作主语用who,从句用陈述语序;句意:我想知道是谁付的账单。
    5. Something is bothering him. I don’t know what.
      I don’t know what is bothering him.
      事情作主语用what,从句用陈述语序;句意:我不知道是什么在困扰他。
    6. He is going to accomplish it. They can’t figure out how.
      They can’t figure out how he is going to accomplish it.
      方式疑问用how,从句用陈述语序;句意:他们不知道他将如何完成这件事。
    7. Quite a few people attended the meeting. You can’t imagine how many.
      You can’t imagine how many people attended the meeting.
      数量疑问用how many,后接复数名词people,从句用陈述语序;句意:你无法想象有多少人参加了会议。
    8. She spent a lot on her dresses. We wonder how much.
      We wonder how much she spent on her dresses.
      数量疑问用how much(修饰不可数名词),从句用陈述语序;句意:我们想知道她在衣服上花了多少钱。
    习题279:依照例句改写下列句子(原题1-12,含wh-词填空规则)
    示例解析:
    We know she did (⋯). → We know what she did.(did后缺宾语,用what指代事情)
    填空规则:根据从句中缺少的成分选择wh-词,缺主语/宾语用who/what/which,缺状语用when/where/why/how。
    1. We know (⋯) did it.
      We know who did it.
      从句缺主语(人),用who;句意:我们知道是谁做的这件事。
    2. We know she went (⋯).
      We know where she went.
      从句缺地点状语,用where;句意:我们知道她去了哪里。
    3. We know she left home (at ⋯).
      We know when she left home.
      从句缺时间状语,用when;句意:我们知道她什么时候离开家的。
    4. We know she left for America (by ⋯).
      We know how she left for America.
      从句缺方式状语,用how;句意:我们知道她是怎么去美国的。
    5. We know she couldn’t come (because ⋯).
      We know why she couldn’t come.
      从句缺原因状语,用why;句意:我们知道她为什么不能来。
    6. We know she went downtown with (⋯).
      We know who she went downtown with.
      从句缺宾语(人),用who(口语中可用whom);句意:我们知道她和谁一起去的市中心。
    7. We know she wants to buy (⋯).
      We know what she wants to buy.
      从句缺宾语(物),用what;句意:我们知道她想买什么。
    8. We know she wants to buy a present for (⋯).
      We know whom she wants to buy a present for.
      从句缺宾语(人),for后用whom(正式)或who(口语);句意:我们知道她想给谁买礼物。
    9. We know she wants (⋯) to go with her.
      We know who she wants to go with her.
      从句缺宾语(人),用who;句意:我们知道她想让谁和她一起去。
    10. We know she wants to go (⋯) to buy a present.
      We know where she wants to go to buy a present.
      从句缺地点状语,用where;句意:我们知道她想去哪里买礼物。
    11. I wonder they’re going to stay (⋯) when they get here.
      I wonder where they’re going to stay when they get here.
      从句缺地点状语,用where;句意:我想知道他们到这里后要住在哪里。
    12. I wonder they’re going to get where they’re going (⋯).
      I wonder how they’re going to get where they’re going.
      从句缺方式状语,用how;句意:我想知道他们要怎么去他们要去的地方。

    15-4 不定词与不定词子句

    知识点讲解

    不定词(infinitive)结构为to + 动词原形(如to come, to teach him English);不定词子句(infinitive clause)结构为for + 主语 + to + 原形动词(如for you to help your friends)。

    核心规则(必记):

    1. 不定词子句作宾语时,介词for通常省略(如I believe John to be clever,而非I believe for John to be clever);
    2. 主语省略规则:与主句主语一致或指不言而喻的人物时,主语可省略(如To protect our country is our duty,省略for us);
    3. 主语后置规则:作主语时可移至句尾,用it填补原主语位置(形式主语结构),避免头重脚轻;
    4. 否定式:在to前加not(如for you not to be late,而非for you to not be late)。
    原句(头重脚轻):For you to help your friends is right.
    转换句(形式主语):It is right for you to help your friends.(推荐用法)
    原句(主语一致):I plan for me to go to America.(主句主语I与从句主语me一致)
    转换句(省略主语):I plan to go to America.(更简洁)
    本章核心总结

    名词子句的学习核心在于“理解本质+掌握规则”:

    1. 本质:句子名词化,充当主语、宾语、补语或同位语;
    2. 四大类型:that-子句(陈述事实)、wh-子句(表达疑问)、不定词子句(表达动作)、动名词子句(表达事件);
    3. 关键规则:陈述语序、连接词用法、否定转移、虚拟语气、形式主/宾语结构;
    4. 学习方法:通过例句类比规律,结合习题巩固规则,避免死记硬背。

    本章所有习题均覆盖核心考点,建议结合解析反复练习,重点关注that-子句的虚拟语气、wh-子句的语序、不定词子句的主语省略等高频考点,确保熟练运用各类名词子句。

    若有内容错误,微信:155-1091-9999
    上一篇
    下一篇